Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018

Bill: 115-s-2680
Sponsor: full_name: Sen. Alexander, Lamar [R-TN]
Introduced: 2018-04-16
Policy area: Health
Subjects: Administrative law and regulatory procedures

Adoption and foster care

Advisory bodies

Aging

Alternative treatments

Border security and unlawful immigration

Child health

Child safety and welfare

Computers and information technology

Congressional oversight

Customs enforcement

Department of Health and Human Services

Department of Justice

Drug safety, medical device, and laboratory regulation

Drug therapy

Drug trafficking and controlled substances

Drug, alcohol, tobacco use

Economic performance and conditions

Education programs funding

Elementary and secondary education

Emergency medical services and trauma care

Employment and training programs

Executive agency funding and structure

First responders and emergency personnel

Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

Government studies and investigations

HIV/AIDS

Health care coverage and access

Health facilities and institutions

Health information and medical records

Health personnel

Health programs administration and funding

Health promotion and preventive care

Health technology, devices, supplies

Higher education

Home and outpatient care

Homelessness and emergency shelter

Indian social and development programs

Infectious and parasitic diseases

Intergovernmental relations

Licensing and registrations

Long-term, rehabilitative, and terminal care

Medical education

Medical research

Mental health

Postal service

Preschool education

Prescription drugs

Public participation and lobbying

Research administration and funding

Right of privacy

State and local government operations

Student aid and college costs

Teaching, teachers, curricula

Trade restrictions

Unemployment

Women's health
Latest action: action_date: 2018-05-07
text: Placed on Senate Legislative Calendar under General Orders. Calendar No. 398.

Summaries:
action_date: 2018-04-16
action_desc: Introduced in Senate
text: <p><strong>Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018</strong></p> <p>This bill establishes a series of programs and requirements relating to opioid use, including programs to support pain management research, training for first responders, treatment and recovery centers, awareness campaigns, and controlled substance regulation. </p>

tv_txt: II 115th CONGRESS 2d Session S. 2680 IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES April 16, 2018 Mr. Alexander (for himself and Mrs. Murray ) introduced the following bill; which was read twice and referred to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions A BILL To address the opioid crisis.

1. Short title; table of contents (a) Short title This Act may be cited as the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 . (b) Table of contents The table of contents of this Act is as follows: Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents. TITLE I—Reauthorization of Cures funding Sec. 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis. TITLE II—Research and innovation Sec. 201. Advancing cutting-edge research. Sec. 202. Pain research. TITLE III—Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety Sec. 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products. Sec. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities. Sec. 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity. Sec. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities. Sec. 305. First responder training. Sec. 306. Disposal of controlled substances of a deceased hospice patient by employees of a hospice program. Sec. 307. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management. Sec. 308. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection, implantation, or intrathecal pump. TITLE IV—Treatment and recovery Sec. 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers. Sec. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients. Sec. 403. Alternatives to opioids. Sec. 404. Peer support technical assistance. Sec. 405. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction. Sec. 406. National recovery housing best practices. Sec. 407. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis. Sec. 408. Youth prevention and recovery. Sec. 409. Plans of safe care. Sec. 410. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine. Sec. 411. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings. Sec. 412. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers. Sec. 413. Improving treatment for pregnant and postpartum women. Sec. 414. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants. TITLE V—Prevention Sec. 501. Study on prescribing limits. Sec. 502. Programs for health care workforce. Sec. 503. Education and awareness campaigns. Sec. 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination. Sec. 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances. Sec. 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma. Sec. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER. Sec. 508. Jessie’s Law. Sec. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records. Sec. 510. Communication with families during emergencies. Sec. 511. Prenatal and postnatal health. Sec. 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors. Sec. 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support. Sec. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings. Sec. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative. I Reauthorization of Cures funding 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis (a) In general Section 1003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (c) and inserting subsection (h) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (b) ; and (B) by inserting after and Indian tribes after States ; (2) by striking subsection (b); (3) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as subsections (b) through (d), respectively; (4) by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (j); (5) in subsection (b), as so redesignated— (A) in paragraph (1)— (i) in the paragraph heading, by inserting and Indian tribe after State ; (ii) by striking States for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and inserting States and Indian tribes for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and Indian tribes ; (iii) by inserting or Indian tribes after preference to States ; and (iv) by inserting before the period of the second sentence or other Indian tribes, as applicable ; and (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking to a State ; (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking State ; (iii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting preventing diversion of controlled substances, after treatment programs, ; and (iv) in subparagraph (E), by striking as the State determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State and inserting as the State or Indian tribe determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State, including directing resources in accordance with local needs related to substance use disorders ; (6) in subsection (c), as so redesignated, by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; (7) in subsection (d), as so redesignated— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) and inserting subsection (h) ; and (B) in paragraph (1), by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; and (8) by inserting after subsection (d), as so redesignated, the following: (e) Indian tribes (1) Definition For purposes of this section, the term Indian tribe has the meaning given such term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act ( 25 U.S.C. 5304 ). (2) Appropriate mechanisms The Secretary, in consultation with Indian tribes, shall identify and establish appropriate mechanisms for tribes to demonstrate or report the information as required under subsections (b), (c), and (d). (f) Report to Congress Not later than 1 year after the date on which amounts are first awarded, after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , pursuant to subsection (b), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report summarizing the information provided to the Secretary in reports made pursuant to subsection (c), including the purposes for which grant funds are awarded under this section and the activities of such grant recipients. (g) Technical Assistance The Secretary, including through the Tribal Training and Technical Assistance Center of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, shall provide State agencies and Indian tribes, as applicable, with technical assistance concerning grant application and submission procedures under this section, award management activities, and enhancing outreach and direct support to rural and underserved communities and providers in addressing the opioid crisis. (h) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out the grant program under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2021, to remain available until expended. (i) Set aside Of the amounts made available for each fiscal year to award grants under subsection (b) for a fiscal year, 5 percent of such amount for such fiscal year shall be made available to Indian tribes, and up to 15 percent of such amount for such fiscal year may be set aside for States with the highest age-adjusted mortality rate associated with opioid use disorders based on the ordinal ranking of States according to the age-adjusted overdose mortality rates of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. . (b) Previously appropriated amounts (1) Appropriation of amounts remaining in Account Any unobligated amounts remaining, on the date of enactment of this Act, in the Account For the State Response to the Opioid Abuse Crisis established under section 1003(b) of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) are hereby appropriated to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of carrying out the grant program under subsection (b) of section 1003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) (as redesignated by subsection (a)(3) of this section). (2) Available until expended Amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) of this subsection or section 1003(b)(3) of the 21st Century Cures Act (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) shall remain available until expended. (c) Conforming amendment Section 1004(c) of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended by striking , the FDA Innovation Account, or the Account For the State Response to the Opioid Abuse Crisis and inserting or the FDA Innovation Account . II Research and innovation 201. Advancing cutting-edge research Section 402(n)(1) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 282(n)(1) ) is amended— (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking or ; (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting ; or ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (C) high impact cutting-edge research that fosters scientific creativity and increases fundamental biological understanding leading to the prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of diseases and disorders, or research urgently required to respond to a public health threat. . 202. Pain research Section 409J(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 284q(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (5)— (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking and treatment of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain and inserting treatment, and management of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain, including information on best practices for utilization of non-pharmacologic treatments, non-addictive medical products, and other drugs approved, or devices approved or cleared, by the Food and Drug Administration ; (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking on the symptoms and causes of pain; and inserting the following: “on— (i) the symptoms and causes of pain; (ii) the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management of pain; and (iii) risk factors for, and early warning signs of, substance use disorders; and ; (C) by striking subparagraphs (C) through (E) and inserting the following: (C) make recommendations to the Director of NIH— (i) to ensure that the activities of the National Institutes of Health and other Federal agencies are free of unnecessary duplication of effort; (ii) on how best to disseminate information on pain care; and (iii) on how to expand partnerships between public entities and private entities to expand collaborative, cross-cutting research. ; (2) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (7); and (3) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following: (6) Report The Director of NIH shall ensure that recommendations and actions taken by the Director with respect to the topics discussed at the meetings described in paragraph (4) are included in appropriate reports to Congress. . III Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products (a) Public Meetings Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall hold not less than one public meeting to address the challenges and barriers of developing non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, which may include— (1) the manner by which the Secretary may incorporate the risks of misuse and abuse of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 802 ) into the risk benefit assessment under section 505(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355(e) ), section 510(k) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360(k) ), or section 515(c) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360e(c) ), as applicable; (2) the application of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )), use of real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), and use of patient experience data (consistent with section 569C of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–8c )) for the development of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (3) the evidentiary standards and the development of opioid sparing data for inclusion in the labeling of medical products; and (4) the application of eligibility criteria under sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction. (b) Guidance Not less than one year after the public meetings are conducted under subsection (a) the Secretary shall issue one or more final guidance documents, or update existing guidance documents, to help address challenges to developing non-addictive medical products to treat pain or addiction. Such guidance documents shall include information regarding— (1) how the Food and Drug Administration may apply sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) to non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, including the circumstances under which the Secretary— (A) may apply the eligibility criteria under such sections 506 and 515B to non-opioid or non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (B) considers the risk of addiction of controlled substances approved to treat pain when establishing unmet medical need; and (C) considers pain, pain control, or pain management in assessing whether a disease or condition is a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; (2) the methods by which sponsors may evaluate acute and chronic pain, endpoints for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, the manner in which endpoints and evaluations of efficacy will be applied across and within review divisions, taking into consideration the etiology of the underlying disease, and the manner in which sponsors may use surrogate endpoints, intermediate endpoints, and real world evidence; (3) the manner in which the Food and Drug Administration will assess evidence to support the inclusion of opioid sparing data in the labeling of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, including— (A) data collection methodologies, including the use of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )), and real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), as appropriate, to support product labeling; (B) ethical considerations of exposuring subjects to controlled substances in clinical trials to develop opioid sparing data and considerations on data collection methods that reduce harm, which may include the reduction of opioid use as a clinical benefit; (C) endpoints, including primary, secondary, and surrogate endpoints, to evaluate the reduction of opioid use; (D) best practices for communication between sponsors and the agency on the development of data collection methods, including the initiation of data collection; and (E) the appropriate format to submit such data results to the Secretary; and (4) the circumstances under which the Food and Drug Administration considers misuse and abuse of drugs in making determinations of safety under paragraphs (2) and (4) of subsection (d) of section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355 ) and in finding that a drug is unsafe under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (e) of such section. (c) Definitions In this section— (1) the term medical product means a drug (as defined in section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) )), biological product (as defined in section 351(i) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 262(i) )), or device (as defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) )); and (2) the term opioid sparing means reducing, replacing, or avoiding the use of opioids or other controlled substances. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities Section 505–1(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(e) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) Serious adverse drug experience The Secretary may require a risk evaluation mitigation strategy for a drug for which there is a serious risk of an adverse drug experience described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (b)(1), taking into consideration the factors described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) of subsection (f)(2), which may include requiring that— (A) the drug be made available for dispensing to certain patients in unit dose packaging, packaging that provides a set duration, or other packaging system that the Secretary determines may help mitigate such serious risk; or (B) the drug be dispensed to certain patients with a safe disposal packaging or safe disposal system for purposes of rendering unused drugs non-retrievable (as defined in section 1300.05 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation)) if the Secretary has determines that such safe disposal packaging or system may help mitigate such serious risk and exists in sufficient quantities, in consultation with other relevant Federal agencies with authorities over drug packaging. . 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall coordinate with the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out activities related to customs and border protection and response to illegal controlled substances and drug imports, including at sites of import (such as international mail facilities). Such Secretaries may carry out such activities through a memorandum of understanding between the Food and Drug Administration and the United States Customs and Border Protection. (b) FDA import facilities and inspection capacity In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall— (1) in collaboration with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, provide that import facilities in which the Food and Drug Administration operates or carries out activities related to drug imports within the international mail facilities include— (A) facility upgrades and improved capacity in order to increase and improve inspection and detection capabilities, which may include, as the Secretary determines appropriate— (i) improvements to facilities, such as upgrades or renovations, and support for the maintenance of existing import facilities and sites to improve coordination between Federal agencies; (ii) the construction of, or upgrades to, laboratory capacity for purposes of detection and testing of imported goods; (iii) upgrades to the security of import facilities; and (iv) innovative technology and equipment to facilitate improved and near-real-time information sharing between the Food and Drug Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, and the United States Postal Service; and (B) provide import facilities in which the Food and Drug Administration operates or carries out activities related to drug imports within the international mail facilities with innovative technology, including controlled substance detection and testing equipment and other applicable technology, and collaborate with United States Customs and Border Protection to share near-real-time information, including information about test results, as appropriate, provided that such technology is interoperable with technology used by other relevant Federal agencies, including the United States Customs and Border Protection, as applicable, and is used in the time and manner that the Secretary determines appropriate. (c) Report Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, shall report to the relevant committees of Congress on the implementation of this section, including a summary of progress made towards near-real-time information sharing and the interoperability of such technologies. (d) Authorization of appropriations Out of amounts otherwise available to the Secretary, the Secretary may allocate such sums as may be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities Section 505–1(b)(1)(E) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(b)(1)(E) ) is amended by striking of the drug and inserting of the drug, which may include reduced effectiveness that is not in accordance with the labeling of such drug . 305. First responder training Section 546 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–1 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (2), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period and inserting ; and ; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (4) train and provide resources for first responders and members of other key community sectors on safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs to protect themselves from exposure to fentanyl and respond appropriately when exposure occurs. ; (2) in subsection (d), by inserting , and safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs before the period; (3) in subsection (f)— (A) in paragraph (3), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period and inserting a semicolon; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (5) the number of first responders and members of other key community sectors trained on safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs. ; and (4) in subsection (g), by striking $12,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $36,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 306. Disposal of controlled substances of a deceased hospice patient by employees of a hospice program (a) In general Section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (5) (A) An employee of a qualified hospice program acting within the scope of employment may handle, in the place of residence of a hospice patient, any controlled substance that was lawfully dispensed to the hospice patient, for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of the controlled substance after the hospice patient's death. (B) In this paragraph: (i) The term employee of a qualified hospice program means a physician, physician assistant, or nurse who— (I) is employed by, or is acting pursuant to arrangements made with, a qualified hospice program; and (II) is licensed or certified to perform such employment or acts in accordance with applicable State law. (ii) The terms hospice care and hospice program have the meanings given those terms in section 1861(dd) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(dd) ). (iii) The term hospice patient means an individual receiving hospice care. (iv) The term qualified hospice program means a hospice program that— (I) has written policies and procedures for employees of the hospice program to use assisting in the disposal of the controlled substances of a hospice patient after the hospice patient's death; (II) at the time when the controlled substances are first ordered— (aa) provides a copy of the written policies and procedures to the hospice patient or hospice patient representative and the family of the hospice patient; (bb) discusses the policies and procedures with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative and the hospice patient's family in a language and manner that such individuals understand to ensure that such individuals are informed regarding the safe disposal of controlled substances; and (cc) documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient that the written policies and procedures were provided and discussed with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative; and (III) at the time when an employee of the hospice program assists in the disposal of controlled substances of a hospice patient, documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient a list of all controlled substances disposed of. (C) The Attorney General may, by regulation, include additional types of licensed medical professionals in the definition of the term employee of a qualified hospice program under subparagraph (B). . (b) No registration required Section 302(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(c) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) An employee of a qualified hospice program for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of a controlled substance in accordance with subsection (g)(5). . (c) Guidance The Attorney General may issue guidance to qualified hospice programs to assist the programs in satisfying the requirements under paragraph (5) of section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ), as added by subsection (a). (d) State and local authority Nothing in this section or the amendments made by this section shall be construed to prevent a State or local government from imposing additional controls or restrictions relating to the regulation of the disposal of controlled substances in hospice care or hospice programs. 307. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management (a) Study (1) In general The Comptroller General of the United States (in this section referred to as the Comptroller General ) shall conduct a study on the requirements applicable to and challenges of hospice programs with regard to the management and disposal of controlled substances in the home of an individual. (2) Contents In conducting the study under paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall include— (A) an overview of challenges encountered by hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances, such as opioids, in a home setting, including any key changes in policies, procedures, or best practices for the disposal of controlled substances over time; and (B) a description of Federal requirements, including requirements under the Medicare program, for hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances in a home setting, and oversight of compliance with those requirements. (b) Report Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report containing the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), together with recommendations, if any, for such legislation and administrative action as the Comptroller General determines appropriate. 308. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection, implantation, or intrathecal pump (a) In general The Controlled Substances Act is amended by inserting after section 309 ( 21 U.S.C. 829 ) the following: 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner (a) In general Notwithstanding section 102(10), a pharmacy may deliver a controlled substance to a practitioner in accordance with a prescription that meets the requirements of this title and the regulations issued by the Attorney General under this title, for the purpose of administering of the controlled substance by the practitioner if— (1) the controlled substance is delivered by the pharmacy to the prescribing practitioner or the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, at the location listed on the practitioner’s certificate of registration issued under this title; (2) (A) in the case of administering of the controlled substance for the purpose of maintenance or detoxification treatment under section 303(g)(2)— (i) the practitioner who issued the prescription is a qualifying practitioner authorized under, and acting within the scope of that section; and (ii) the controlled substance is to be administered by injection or implantation; or (B) in the case of administering of the controlled substance for a purpose other than maintenance or detoxification treatment, the controlled substance is to be administered by a practitioner through use of an intrathecal pump; (3) the pharmacy and the practitioner are authorized to conduct the activities specified in this section under the law of the State in which such activities take place; (4) the prescription is not issued to supply any practitioner with a stock of controlled substances for the purpose of general dispensing to patients; (5) except as provided in subsection (b), the controlled substance is to be administered only to the patient named on the prescription not later than 14 days after the date of receipt of the controlled substance by the practitioner; and (6) notwithstanding any exceptions under section 307, the prescribing practitioner, and the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, maintain complete and accurate records of all controlled substances delivered, received, administered, or otherwise disposed of under this section, including the persons to whom controlled substances were delivered and such other information as may be required by regulations of the Attorney General. (b) Modification of number of days before which controlled substance shall be administered (1) Initial 2-year period During the 2-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this section, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may reduce the number of days described in subsection (a)(5) if the Attorney General determines that such reduction will— (A) reduce the risk of diversion; or (B) protect the public health. (2) Modifications after submission of report After the date on which the report described in subsection (c) is submitted, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may modify the number of days described in subsection (a)(5). (3) Minimum number of days Any modification under this subsection shall be for a period of not less than 7 days. . (b) Study and report Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study and submit to Congress a report on access to and potential diversion of controlled substances administered by injection, implantation, or through the use of an intrathecal pump. (c) Technical and conforming amendment The table of contents for the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 309 the following: Sec. 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner. . IV Treatment and recovery 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers (a) In general Part D of title V of the Public Health Service Act is amended by adding at the end the following new section: 550. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers (a) In general The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to establish or operate a comprehensive opioid recovery center (referred to in this section as a Center ). A Center may be a single entity or an integrated delivery network. (b) Grant period (1) In general A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be for a period not more than 5 years. (2) Renewal A grant awarded under subsection (a) may be renewed, on a competitive basis, for additional periods of time, as determined by the Secretary. In determining whether to renew a grant under this paragraph, the Secretary shall consider the data submitted under subsection (h). (c) Minimum number of grants The Secretary shall allocate the amounts made available under subsection (j) such that not fewer than 10 grants may be awarded. Not more than one grant shall be made to entities in a single State for any one period. (d) Application In order to be eligible for a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (1) evidence that such entity carries out, or is capable of coordinating with other entities to carry out, the activities described in subsection (g); and (2) such other information as the Secretary may require. (e) Priority In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities located in a State with an overdose mortality rate that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (f) Preference In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary may give preference to eligible entities utilizing technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models, including such models as defined in section 2 of the Expanding Capacity for Health Outcomes Act ( Public Law 114–270 ; 130 Stat. 1395), to conduct the activities described in this section. (g) Center activities Each Center shall, at a minimum, carry out the following activities directly, through referral, or through contractual arrangements, which may include carrying out such activities through technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models described in subsection (f): (1) Treatment and recovery services Each Center shall— (A) ensure that intake and evaluations meet the individualized clinical needs of patients, including by offering assessments for services and care recommendations through independent, evidence-based verification processes for reviewing patient placement in treatment settings; (B) provide the full continuum of treatment services, including— (i) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders; (ii) medically supervised withdrawal management that includes patient evaluation, stabilization, and readiness for and entry into treatment; (iii) counseling provided by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor patient progress; (iv) treatment, as appropriate, for patients with co-occurring substance use and mental health disorders; (v) residential rehabilitation, and outpatient and intensive outpatient programs; (vi) recovery housing; (vii) community-based and peer recovery support services; (viii) job training, job placement assistance, and continuing education assistance to support reintegration into the workforce; and (ix) other best practices to provide the full continuum of treatment and services, as determined by the Secretary; (C) periodically conduct patient assessments to support sustained and clinically significant recovery, as defined by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use; (D) administer an onsite pharmacy and provide toxicology services, for purposes of carrying out this section; and (E) operate a secure, confidential, and interoperable electronic health information system. (2) Outreach Each Center shall carry out outreach activities to publicize the services offered through the Centers, which may include— (A) training and supervising outreach staff, as appropriate, to work with State and local health departments, health care providers, State and local education agencies, institutions of higher education, State and local workforce development boards, State and local community action agencies, public safety officials, first responders, child welfare agencies, as appropriate, and other community partners and the public, including patients, to identify and respond to community needs, and ensuring that such entities are aware of the services of the Center; and (B) disseminating and making publicly available, including through the internet, evidence-based resources that educate professionals and the public on opioid use disorder and other substance use disorders, including co-occurring substance use and mental health disorders. (h) Data reporting and program oversight With respect to a grant awarded under subsection (a), not later than 90 days after the end of the first year of the grant period, and annually thereafter for the duration of the grant period (including the duration of any renewal period for such grant), the entity shall submit data, as appropriate, to the Secretary regarding— (1) the programs and activities funded by the grant; (2) health outcomes of the population of individuals with a substance use disorder who received services from the Center, evaluated by an independent program evaluator through the use of outcomes measures, as determined by the Secretary; (3) the retention rate of program participants; and (4) any other information that the Secretary may require for the purpose of ensuring that the Center is complying with all the requirements of the grant, including providing the full continuum of services described in subsection (g)(1)(B). (i) Privacy The provisions of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (j) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 for purposes of carrying out this section. . (b) Reports to Congress (1) Preliminary report Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress a preliminary report that analyzes data submitted under section 550(h) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by subsection (a). (2) Final report Not later than 2 years after submitting the preliminary report required under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress a final report that includes— (A) an evaluation of the effectiveness of the comprehensive services provided by the Centers established or operated pursuant to section 550 of the Public Health Service Act, as added by subsection (a), on health outcomes of the population of individuals with substance use disorder who receive services from the Center, which shall include an evaluation of the effectiveness of services for treatment and recovery support and to reduce relapse, recidivism, and overdose; and (B) recommendations, as appropriate, regarding ways to improve Federal programs related to substance use disorders, which may include dissemination of best practices for the treatment of substance use disorders to health care professionals. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ) shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices for— (1) emergency treatment of known or suspected drug overdose; (2) coordination and continuation of care and treatment, including, as appropriate, through referrals, of individuals after an opioid overdose; and (3) the provision of overdose reversal medication, as appropriate. (b) Grant establishment and participation (1) In general The Secretary shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to support implementation of voluntary programs for care and treatment of individuals after an opioid overdose, as appropriate, which may include implementation of the best practices described in subsection (a). (2) Eligible entity In this section, the term eligible entity means an entity that offers treatment or other services for individuals in response to, or following, drug overdoses or a drug overdose. (3) Application An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section, in consultation with the principal agency of a State in which such entity offers treatment or other services that is responsible for carrying out the block grant for prevention and treatment of substance abuse under subpart II of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–21 et seq.), shall submit an application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require, that includes— (A) evidence that such eligible entity carries out, or is capable of coordinating with other entities to carry out, the activities described in paragraph (4); and (B) such additional information as the Secretary may require. (4) Use of grant funds An eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall use such grant funds to— (A) hire or utilize recovery coaches to help support recovery, including by— (i) connecting patients to a continuum of care services, such as— (I) treatment and recovery support programs; (II) programs that provide non-clinical recovery support services; (III) peer support networks; (IV) recovery community organizations; (V) health care providers, including physicians and other providers of behavioral health and primary care; (VI) educational and vocational schools; (VII) employers; (VIII) housing services; and (IX) child welfare agencies; (ii) providing education on overdose prevention to patients; and (iii) providing other services the Secretary determines necessary to help ensure continued connection with recovery support services; (B) establish policies and procedures that address the provision of overdose reversal medication, the administration of all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorder, and subsequent continuation of, or referral to, evidence-based treatment for patients with a substance use disorder who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose, in order to prevent relapse, and reduce recidivism and future overdose; (C) develop or implement best practices for treating non-fatal drug overdoses, including, with respect to care coordination and integrated care models, for long term treatment and recovery options for individuals with a substance use disorder who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose; and (D) establish integrated models of care for individuals who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose which may include patient assessment, follow up, and transportation to and from treatment facilities. (5) Additional permissible uses In addition to the uses described in paragraph (4), a grant awarded under this section may be used, directly or through contractual arrangements, to provide— (A) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders, pursuant to Federal and State law; (B) withdrawal and detoxification services that include patient evaluation, stabilization, and preparation for treatment of substance use disorder, including treatment described in subparagraph (A), as appropriate; or (C) mental health services provided by a program counselor, social worker, therapist, or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychosocial background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for patients with substance use disorder, and to monitor patient progress. (6) Preference In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that meet any or all of the following criteria: (A) The eligible entity is a critical access hospital (as defined in section 1861(mm)(1) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(mm)(1) )), a low volume hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(12)(C)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(12)(C)(i) )), or a sole community hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(D)(iii) )). (B) The eligible entity is located in a State with an overdose mortality rate that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (C) The eligible entity demonstrates that recovery coaches will be placed in both health care settings and community settings. (7) Period of grant A grant awarded to an eligible entity under this section shall be for a period of not more than 5 years. (c) Definition In this section, the term recovery coach means an individual— (1) with knowledge of, or experience with, recovery from a substance use disorder; and (2) who has completed training from, and is determined to be in good standing by, a recovery services organization capable of conducting such training and making such determination. (d) Reporting requirements (1) Reports by grantees Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary an annual report for each year for which the entity has received such grant that includes information on— (A) the number of individuals treated by the entity for non-fatal overdoses, including the number of non-fatal overdoses where overdose reversal medication was administered; (B) the number of individuals administered medication-assisted treatment by the entity; (C) the number of individuals referred by the entity to other treatment facilities after a non-fatal overdose, the types of such other facilities, and the number of such individuals admitted to such other facilities pursuant to such referrals; and (D) the frequency and number of patients with reoccurrences, including readmissions for non-fatal overdoses and evidence of relapse related to substance abuse disorder. (2) Report by Secretary Not later than 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that includes an evaluation of the effectiveness of the grant program carried out under this section with respect to long term health outcomes of the population of individuals who have experienced a drug overdose, the percentage of patients treated or referred to treatment by grantees, and the frequency and number of patients who experienced relapse, were readmitted for treatment, or experienced another overdose. (e) Privacy The requirements of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (f) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 403. Alternatives to opioids (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall, directly or through grants to, or contracts with, public and private entities, provide technical assistance to hospitals and other acute care settings on alternatives to opioids for pain management. The technical assistance provided shall be for the purpose of— (1) utilizing information from acute care providers including emergency departments and other providers that have successfully implemented alternatives to opioids programs, promoting non-opioid protocols and medications while appropriately limiting the use of opioids; (2) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids, which may include pain-management strategies that involve non-addictive medical products, non-pharmacologic treatments, and technologies or techniques to identify patients at-risk for opioid use disorder; (3) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids that target common painful conditions and include certain patient populations, such as geriatric patients, pregnant women, and children; (4) disseminating information on the use of alternatives to opioids to providers in acute care settings, which may include emergency departments, outpatient clinics, critical access hospitals, and Federally qualified health centers; and (5) collecting data and reporting on health outcomes associated with the use of alternatives to opioids. (b) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 404. Peer support technical assistance (a) Technical assistance for peer support services The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Abuse, shall provide technical assistance and support to organizations providing peer support services related to substance use disorder, including technical assistance and support related to— (1) training on identifying— (A) signs of substance use disorder; (B) resources to assist individuals with a substance use disorder, or resources for families of an individual with a substance use disorder; and (C) best practices for the delivery of recovery support services; (2) the provision of translation services, interpretation, or other such services for clients with limited English speaking proficiency; (3) capacity building; and (4) evaluation and improvement, as necessary, of the effectiveness of such peer support services. (b) Best practices The Secretary shall periodically issue best practices related to peer support services for use by organizations that provide peer support services. (c) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 405. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction (a) Repeal of requirement To Update Regulations Section 303 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 ( Public Law 114–198 ; 130 Stat. 720) is amended by striking subsection (c). (b) Codification of expansion of maximum number of patients for medication-Assisted treatment Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii)(II) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. (g)(2)(B)(iii)(II)) is amended by striking 100 each place it appears and inserting 275 . 406. National recovery housing best practices (a) Best practices The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with the Secretary for Housing and Urban Development, patients with a history of opioid use disorder, and other stakeholders, which may include State accrediting entities and reputable providers of, and analysts of, recovery housing services, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices, which may include model laws for implementing suggested minimum standards, for operating recovery housing. (b) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices identified or developed under subsection (a) to— (1) State agencies, which may include the provision of technical assistance to State agencies seeking to adopt or implement such best practices; (2) recovery housing entities; and (3) the public, as appropriate. (c) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider how recovery housing is able to (including by improving access and adherence to treatment) support recovery and prevent relapse, recidivism, or overdose, including overdose death. (d) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed to provide the Secretary with the ability to require States to adhere to minimum standards in the State oversight of recovery housing. (e) Definition In this section, the term recovery housing means a shared living environment free from alcohol and illicit drug use and centered on peer support and connection to services that promote sustained recovery from substance use disorders. 407. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis (a) Definitions Except as otherwise expressly provided, in this section: (1) Education provider The term education provider means— (A) an institution of higher education, as defined in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ); or (B) a postsecondary vocational institution, as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (2) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (A) a State workforce agency; (B) a State board; (C) an outlying area, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ); or (D) a Tribal entity. (3) Local area; local board; one-stop operator The terms local area , local board , and one-stop operator have the meanings given such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (4) Local entity The term local entity means a local board or one-stop operator. (5) Participating partnership The term participating partnership means a partnership established under subsection (e)(1) by a local entity receiving a subgrant under subsection (d). (6) Program participant The term program participant means an individual who— (A) is a member of a population of workers described in subsection (e)(2) that is served by a participating partnership through the pilot program under this section; and (B) enrolls with the applicable participating partnership to receive any of the services described in subsection (e)(3). (7) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Labor. (8) State board The term State board has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (9) State workforce agency The term State workforce agency means the lead State agency with responsibility for the administration of a program under chapter 2 or 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3161 et seq., 3171 et seq.). (10) Substance use disorder The term substance use disorder means such a disorder within the meaning of title V of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.). (11) Supportive services The term supportive services has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (12) Treatment provider The term treatment provider — (A) means a health care provider that offers services for treating substance use disorders and is licensed in accordance with applicable State law to provide such services; (B) accepts health insurance for such services, including coverage under title XIX of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and (C) may include— (i) a nonprofit provider of peer recovery support services, as defined by the State involved in regulation or guidance; (ii) a community health care provider; or (iii) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x )). (13) Tribal entity The term Tribal entity includes any Indian tribe, tribal organization, Indian-controlled organization serving Indians, Native Hawaiian organization, or Alaska Native entity, as such terms are defined or used in section 166 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3221 ). (b) Pilot program and grants authorized (1) In general The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall carry out a pilot program to address economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. In carrying out the pilot program, the Secretary shall make grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities to make subgrants to local boards and one-stop operators to address the economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. (2) Grant amounts The Secretary shall make each such grant in an amount that is not less than $500,000, and not more than $5,000,000, for a fiscal year. (c) Grant applications (1) In general An eligible entity applying for a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may reasonably require, including the information described in this subsection. (2) Significant impact on community by opioid abuse and substance use disorder-related problems (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application information that demonstrates significant impact on the community by problems related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder, by— (i) identifying the communities, regions, or local areas that will be served through the grant (each referred to in this section as a service area ); and (ii) showing, for each such service area, an increase equal to or greater than the national increase in such problems, between— (I) 1999; and (II) 2016 or the latest year for which data are available. (B) Information In making the showing described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the eligible entity may use information including data on— (i) the incidence or prevalence of opioid abuse and other substance use disorders; (ii) the per capita drug overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (iii) the rate of non-fatal hospitalizations related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; or (iv) the number of arrests or convictions, or a relevant law enforcement statistic, that reasonably shows an increase in opioid abuse or another substance use disorder. (C) Support for State strategy The eligible entity shall also include in the application information describing how the proposed services and activities support the State’s strategy for addressing problems described in subparagraph (A) in specific regions or across the State, outlaying area, or Tribal entity. (3) Economic and employment conditions demonstrate additional Federal support needed (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application information that demonstrates that a high rate of a substance use disorder has caused, or is coincident to, an economic or employment downturn in the service area. (B) Information In making the demonstration described in subparagraph (A), the eligible entity may use information including— (i) documentation of any layoff, announced future layoff, legacy industry decline, decrease in an employment or labor market participation rate, or economic impact, whether or not the result described in this clause is overtly related to a high rate of a substance use disorder; (ii) documentation showing decreased economic activity related to, caused by, or contributing to a high rate of a substance use disorder, including a description of how the service area has been impacted, or will be impacted, by such a decrease; (iii) in particular, information on economic indicators, labor market analyses, information from public announcements, and demographic and industry data; (iv) information on rapid response activities (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 )) that have been or will be conducted, including demographic data gathered by employer or worker surveys or through other methods; (v) data or documentation, beyond anecdotal evidence, showing that employers face challenges filling job vacancies due to a lack of skilled workers able to pass a drug test; or (vi) any additional relevant data or information on the economy, workforce, or another aspect of the service area to support the application. (4) Workforce shortage related to treatment workforce (A) In general An eligible entity may include in the application a demonstration of the workforce shortage in a professional area to be addressed under the grant. Such professional areas may include— (i) substance use disorder treatment and related services; (ii) non-opioid pain therapy and pain management services; or (iii) mental health care treatment services. (B) Information to be included An eligible entity demonstrating a workforce shortage under subparagraph (A) shall demonstrate the workforce shortage through information that may include— (i) the distance between— (I) communities affected by opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; and (II) facilities or professionals offering services in the professional area; (ii) the maximum capacity of facilities or professionals to serve individuals in an affected community, or increases in arrests related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder, overdose deaths, or nonfatal overdose emergencies in the community; or (iii) other information that can demonstrate such a shortage. (d) Subgrant authorization and application process (1) Subgrants authorized (A) In general An eligible entity receiving a grant under subsection (b)— (i) may use not more than 5 percent of the grant funds for the administrative costs of carrying out the grant; and (ii) shall use the remaining grant funds to make subgrants to local entities in the area served by the eligible entity to carry out the services and activities described in subsection (e). (B) Geographic distribution In making subgrants under this subsection, an eligible entity shall ensure, to the extent practicable, the equitable geographic distribution (such as urban and rural distribution) of areas receiving subgrant funds. (2) Subgrant application (A) In general A local entity desiring to receive a subgrant under this subsection shall submit an application at such time and in such and manner as the eligible entity may reasonably require, including the information described in this paragraph. (B) Contents Each application described in subparagraph (A) shall include an analysis of the estimated performance of the local entity in carrying out the proposed services and activities under the subgrant that— (i) uses primary indicators of performance described in section 116(c)(1)(A)(i) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141(c)(1)(A)(i) ), to assess estimated effectiveness of the proposed services and activities, including the estimated number of individuals with a substance use disorder who may be served by the proposed services and activities; (ii) analyzes the record of the local entity in serving individuals with a barrier to employment; and (iii) analyzes the ability of the local entity to establish the partnership described in subsection (e)(1). (C) Analysis The analysis described in subparagraph (B) may include or utilize— (i) data from the National Center for Health Statistics of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (ii) data from the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; (iii) State vital statistics; (iv) municipal police department records; (v) reports from local coroners; or (vi) other relevant data. (e) Subgrant services and activities (1) Formation of partnership (A) In general Each local entity that receives a subgrant under subsection (d) shall form a partnership, established through a written contract or other agreement, with members described in subparagraph (B), and shall carry out the services and activities described in this subsection through the partnership. (B) Members of the partnership A partnership described in subparagraph (A) shall include 1 or more of the following: (i) The eligible entity. (ii) A treatment provider. (iii) An employer or industry organization. (iv) An education provider. (v) A justice or law enforcement organization. (vi) A faith-based or community-based organization. (vii) Other State or local agencies. (viii) Other organizations, as determined to be necessary by the local entity. (2) Selection of Population to be served A participating partnership shall elect to provide services and activities under the subgrant to one or both of the following populations of workers: (A) Workers, including dislocated workers, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), who are directly or indirectly affected by a high rate of a substance use disorder and each of whom is— (i) an individual who voluntarily confirms that the individual, or a friend or family member of the individual, has a history of opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; or (ii) an individual who works or resides in a community substantially impacted by a high rate of a substance use disorder or can otherwise demonstrate job loss as a result of a high rate of a substance use disorder. (B) Workers, including dislocated workers, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), who— (i) seek to transition to professions that support individuals struggling with a substance use disorder or at risk for developing such disorder, such as professions that provide— (I) substance use disorder treatment and related services; (II) peer recovery support services described in subsection (a)(12)(C)(i); (III) non-opioid pain therapy and pain management services; or (IV) mental health care; and (ii) need new or upgraded skills to better serve such a population of struggling or at-risk individuals. (3) Services and activities Each participating partnership shall use funds available through a subgrant under this subsection to carry out 1 or more of the following: (A) Engaging employers Engaging with employers to— (i) learn about the skill and hiring requirements of employers; (ii) learn about the support needed by employers to hire and retain program participants, and other individuals with a substance use disorder, and the support needed by such employers to obtain their commitment to testing creative solutions to employing program participants and such individuals; (iii) connect employers and workers to on-the-job or customized training programs before or after layoff to help facilitate reemployment; (iv) connect employers with an education provider to develop classroom instruction to complement on-the-job learning for program participants and such individuals; (v) help employers develop the curriculum design of a work-based learning program for program participants and such individuals; or (vi) help employers employ program participants or such individuals engaging in a work-based learning program for a transitional period before hiring such a program participant or individual for full-time employment of not less than 30 hours a week. (B) Screening services Providing screening services, which may include— (i) using an evidence-based screening method to screen each individual seeking participation in the pilot program to determine whether the individual has a substance use disorder; (ii) conducting an assessment of each such individual to determine the services needed for such individual to obtain or retain employment, including an assessment of strengths and general work readiness; and (iii) accepting walk-ins or referrals from employers, labor organizations, or other entities recommending individuals to participate in such program. (C) Individual treatment and employment plan Developing an individual treatment and employment plan for each program participant, which shall include providing a case manager to work with each participant to develop the plan, which may include— (i) identifying employment and career goals; (ii) exploring career pathways that lead to in-demand industries and sectors as determined by the State board and the head of the State workforce agency; (iii) setting appropriate achievement objectives to attain the employment and career goals identified under clause (i); or (iv) developing the appropriate combination of services to enable the participant to achieve the employment and career goals. (D) Outpatient treatment and recovery care In the case of a participating partnership serving program participants described in paragraph (2)(A)(i) with a substance use disorder, providing individualized and group outpatient treatment and recovery services for such program participants that are offered during the day and evening, and on weekends. Such treatment and recovery services— (i) shall be based on a model that utilizes combined behavioral interventions and other evidence-based or evidence-informed interventions; and (ii) may include additional services such as— (I) health, mental health, addiction, or other forms of outpatient treatment that may impact a substance use disorder and co-occurring conditions; (II) drug testing for a current substance use disorder prior to enrollment in career or training services or prior to employment; (III) linkages to community services, including services offered by partner organizations designed to support program participants; and (IV) referrals to health care, including referrals to substance use disorder treatment and mental health services. (E) Supportive services Providing supportive services, which shall include services such as— (i) coordinated wraparound services to provide maximum support for program participants to ensure that the program participants maintain employment and recovery for not less than 12 months, as appropriate; (ii) assistance in establishing eligibility for assistance under Federal, State, and local programs providing health services, mental health services, housing services, transportation services, or social services; (iii) peer recovery support services described in subsection (a)(12)(C)(i); (iv) networking and mentorship opportunities; or (v) any supportive services determined necessary by the local entity. (F) Career and job training services Offering career services and training services, and related services, concurrently or sequentially with the services provided under subparagraphs (B) through (E). Such services shall include the following: (i) Services provided to program participants who are in a pre-employment stage of the program. Such services may include— (I) initial education and skills assessments; (II) traditional classroom training funded through individual training accounts under chapter 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3171 et seq.); (III) services to promote employability skills such as punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct; (IV) in-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and to develop individual employment plans; (V) career planning that includes— (aa) career pathways leading to in-demand, high-wage jobs; and (bb) job coaching, job matching, and job placement services; (VI) provision of payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications; or (VII) any other appropriate career service or training service described in section 134(c) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3174(c) ). (ii) Services provided to program participants during their first 6 months of employment to ensure job retention, which may include— (I) case management and support services, including a continuation of the services described in clause (i); (II) a continuation of skills training, and career and technical education, described in clause (i) that is conducted in collaboration with the employers of such participants; (III) mentorship services and job retention support for such participants; or (IV) targeted training for managers and workers working with such participants (such as mentors), and human resource representatives in the business in which such participants are employed. (iii) Services to assist program participants in maintaining employment for not less than 12 months, as appropriate. (G) Proven and promising practices Leading efforts in the service area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers and program participants. (4) Limitations A participating partnership may not use— (A) more than 5 percent of the funds received under a subgrant under subsection (d) for the administrative costs of the partnership; (B) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of treatment and recovery services, as described in paragraph (3)(D); or (C) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of supportive services described in paragraph (3)(E) to program participants. (f) Performance accountability (1) Reports The Secretary shall establish quarterly reporting requirements for recipients of grants and subgrants under this section that, to the extent practicable, are based on the performance accountability system under section 116 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141 ), including the indicators described in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i) of such section and the requirements for local area performance reports under subsection (d) of such section. (2) Evaluations (A) Authority to enter into agreements The Secretary shall ensure that an independent evaluation is conducted on the pilot program carried out under this section to determine the impact of the program on employment of individuals with substance use disorders. The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with eligible entities receiving grants under this section to pay for all or part of such evaluation. (B) Methodologies to be used The independent evaluation required under this paragraph shall use experimental designs using random assignment or, when random assignment is not feasible, other reliable, evidence-based research methodologies that allow for the strongest possible causal inferences. (g) Funding (1) Covered fiscal year In this subsection, the term covered fiscal year means any of fiscal years 2018 through 2023. (2) Using funding for national dislocated worker grants Subject to paragraph (4) and notwithstanding section 132(a)(2)(A) and subtitle D of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3172(a)(2)(A) , 3221 et seq.) or any other provision of law, the Secretary may use, to carry out the pilot program under this section for a covered fiscal year— (A) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3225 ) for that fiscal year; (B) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act that remain available for that fiscal year; and (C) funds that remain available under section 172(f) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3227(f) ). (3) Availability of funds Funds appropriated under section 136(c) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3181(c) ) and made available to carry out section 170 of such Act for a fiscal year shall remain available for use under paragraph (2) for a subsequent fiscal year until expended. (4) Limitation The Secretary may not use more than $100,000,000 of the funds described in paragraph (2) for any covered fiscal year under this section. 408. Youth prevention and recovery (a) Substance abuse treatment services for children, adolescents, and young adults Section 514 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–7 ) is amended— (1) in the section heading, by striking children and adolescents and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults ; (2) in subsection (a)(2), by striking children, including and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults, including ; and (3) by striking children and adolescents each place it appears and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults . (b) Youth prevention and recovery initiative (1) Definitions In this subsection: (A) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (i) a local educational agency that is seeking to establish or expand substance use prevention and recovery support services at one or more high schools; (ii) an institution of higher education; (iii) a recovery program at an institution of higher education; (iv) a local board or one-stop operator; or (v) a nonprofit organization, excluding a school. (B) High school The term high school has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (C) Institution of higher education The term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ) and includes a postsecondary vocational institution as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (D) Local education agency The term local educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. (E) Local board; one-stop operator The terms local board and one-stop operator have the meanings given such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (F) Recovery program The term recovery program means a program— (i) to help children, adolescents, or young adults who are recovering from substance use disorders to initiate, stabilize, and maintain healthy and productive lives in the community; and (ii) that includes peer-to-peer support delivered by individuals with lived experience in recovery, and communal activities to build recovery skills and supportive social networks. (G) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, except as otherwise specified. (2) Best practices The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall— (A) identify or facilitate the development of evidence-based best practices for prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, for appropriate recovery support services, and for appropriate use of medication-assisted treatment for such individuals, if applicable; (B) disseminate such best practices to local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, recovery programs at institutions of higher education, local boards, one-stop operators, and nonprofit organizations, as appropriate; (C) conduct a rigorous, independent evaluation of each grant funded under this subsection, particularly its impact on the indicators described in paragraph (5)(B); and (D) provide technical assistance for grantees under this subsection. (3) Grants authorized The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall award 3-year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities, in coordination with State agencies responsible for carrying out substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs, to carry out evidence-based or promising programs for— (A) prevention of substance abuse and misuse by children, adolescents, and young adults; (B) recovery support services for children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include counseling, job training, linkages to community-based services, family support groups, and recovery coaching; and (C) treatment or referrals for treatment of substance use disorders, as appropriate. (4) Application To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (A) a description of the impact of substance use disorders on children, adolescents, and young adults enrolled in the local educational agency, one-stop operator, local board, or institution of higher education; (B) a description of how the eligible entity has solicited input from faculty, teachers, staff, families, students, and experts in substance use prevention and treatment in developing such application; (C) how the eligible entity plans to use grant funds for evidence-based or promising activities, in accordance with this subsection to prevent, provide recovery support for, and treat substance use disorders amongst such individuals; (D) an assurance that the eligible entity will participate in the evaluation described in paragraph (2)(C); and (E) a description of how the eligible entity will collaborate with local service providers, including substance use disorder treatment programs, providers of mental health services, and primary care providers, in carrying out the grant program. (5) Report Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress, a report at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such report shall include— (A) a description of how the eligible entity used grant funds, in accordance with this subsection, including the number of children, adolescents, and young adults reached through programming; and (B) a description of how the grant program has made an impact on— (i) indicators of student success, including student well-being and academic achievement; and (ii) substance use disorders amongst children, adolescents, and young adults, including the number of overdoses and deaths amongst children, adolescents, and young adults during the grant period. (6) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out this subsection. 409. Plans of safe care (a) In general Section 105(a) of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5106(a) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (7) Grants to States to improve and coordinate their response to ensure the safety, permanency, and well-being of infants affected by substance use (A) Program authorized The Secretary shall make grants to States for the purpose of assisting child welfare agencies, social services agencies, substance use disorder treatment agencies, public health and mental health agencies, and maternal and child health agencies to facilitate collaboration in developing, updating, and implementing plans of safe care described in section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii). (B) Distribution of funds (i) Reservations Of the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (H), the Secretary shall reserve— (I) no more than 3 percent for the purposes described in subparagraph (G); and (II) up to 3 percent for grants to Indian Tribes and tribal organizations for purposes consistent with this section, as the Secretary determines appropriate. (ii) Allotments to States and territories The Secretary shall allot the amount appropriated under subparagraph (H) that remains after application of clause (i) on a competitive basis to States that apply for such a grant. (iii) Selection criteria The Secretary shall allot funds to States that demonstrate a strong need for such funds, and a strong commitment to using such funds, to meet the purposes described in subparagraph (A) in accordance with subparagraph (D). (C) Application A State desiring a grant under this paragraph shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (i) a description of— (I) the impact of substance use disorder in such State, including with respect to the substance or class of substances with the highest incidence of abuse in the previous year in such State, including— (aa) the prevalence of substance use disorder in such State; (bb) the aggregate rate of births in the State of infants affected by substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (as determined by hospitals, insurance claims, claims submitted to the State Medicaid program, or other records), if available and to the extent practicable; and (cc) the number of infants identified, for whom a plan of safe care was developed, and for whom a referral was made for appropriate services, as reported under section 106(d)(18); (II) the challenges the State faces in developing and implementing plans of safe care in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); (III) the State’s lead agency for the grant program and how that agency will coordinate with relevant State entities and programs, including the child welfare agency, the substance use disorder treatment agency, the public health and mental health agencies, programs funded by the Residential Treatment for Pregnant and Postpartum Women grant program of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration under section 508 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–1 ), the State Medicaid program, the State agency administering the block grant program under title V of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), the State agency administering the programs funded under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.), the maternal, infant, and early childhood home visiting program under section 511 of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 711 ), the State judicial system, and other agencies, as determined by the Secretary; (IV) how the State will monitor local implementation of plans of safe care, in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(II); (V) how the State meets the requirements of section 1927 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–27 ); (VI) how the State plans to utilize funding authorized under part E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 670 et seq.) to assist in carrying out any plan of safe care, including such funding authorized under section 471(e) of such Act (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for mental health and substance abuse prevention and treatment services and in-home parent skill-based programs and funding authorized under such section 472(j) (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for children with a parent in a licensed residential family-based treatment facility for substance abuse; and (VII) an assessment of the treatment and other services and programs available in the State, to effectively carry out any plan of safe care developed, including identification of needed treatment, and other services and programs to ensure the wellbeing of young children and their families affected by substance use disorder, such as programs carried out under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and comprehensive early childhood development services and programs such as Head Start programs; (ii) a description of how the State plans to use funds for activities described in subparagraph (D) for the purposes of ensuring State compliance with requirements under clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B); and (iii) an assurance that the State will— (I) comply with this Act and parts B and E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 621 et seq., 670 et seq.); and (II) comply with requirements to refer a child identified as substance-exposed to early intervention services as required pursuant to a grant under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.). (D) Uses of funds Funds awarded to a State under this paragraph may be used for the following activities, which may be carried out by the State directly, or through grants or subgrants, contracts, or cooperative agreements: (i) Improving State and local systems with respect to the development and implementation of plans of safe care, which— (I) shall include parent and caregiver engagement, as required under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(I), regarding available treatment and service options, which may include resources available for pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women; and (II) may include activities such as— (aa) developing policies, procedures, or protocols for the administration of evidence-based and validated screening tools for infants who may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder; (bb) improving assessments used to determine the needs of the infant and family; (cc) improving ongoing case management services; and (dd) improving access to treatment services, which may be prior to the pregnant woman’s delivery date. (ii) Developing policies, procedures, or protocols in consultation and coordination with health professionals, public and private health facilities, and substance use disorder treatment agencies to ensure that— (I) appropriate notification to child protective services is made in a timely manner; (II) a plan of safe care is in place, where needed, before the infant is discharged from the birth or health care facility; and (III) such health and related agency professionals are trained on how to follow such protocols and are aware of the supports that may be provided under a plan of safe care. (iii) Training health professionals and health system leaders, child welfare workers, substance use disorder treatment agencies, and other related professionals such as home visiting agency staff and law enforcement in relevant topics including— (I) State mandatory reporting laws and the referral and notification process; (II) the co-occurrence of pregnancy and substance use disorder; (III) the clinical guidance about treating substance use disorder in pregnant and postpartum women; (IV) appropriate screening and interventions for infants affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and the requirements under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); and (V) appropriate strategies to address the mental health needs of the parent and child together. (iv) Establishing partnerships, agreements, or memoranda of understanding between the lead agency and health professionals, health facilities, child welfare professionals, substance use disorder and mental health disorder treatment programs, early childhood education programs, and maternal and child health and early intervention professionals, including home visiting providers, peer-to-peer recovery programs such as parent mentoring programs, and housing agencies to facilitate the implementation of, and compliance with section 106(b)(2) and clause (ii) of this subparagraph, in areas which may include— (I) developing a comprehensive, multi-disciplinary assessment and intervention process for infants and their families who are affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, that includes meaningful engagement with and takes into account the unique needs of each family and addresses differences between legal, medically supervised substance use, and substance use disorder; (II) ensuring that treatment approaches for serving infants, pregnant women, and perinatal and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, are designed to, where appropriate, keep infants with their mothers during both inpatient and outpatient treatment; and (III) increasing access to evidence-based medication-assisted treatment approved by the Food and Drug Administration, behavioral therapy, and counseling services for the treatment of substance use disorders, as appropriate. (v) Developing and updating systems of technology for improved data collection and monitoring under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii), including existing electronic medical records, to measure the outcomes achieved through the plans of safe care, including monitoring systems to meet the requirements of this Act and submission of performance measures. (E) Reporting Each State that receives funds under this paragraph, for each year such funds are received, shall submit a report to the Secretary, disaggregated by geographic location, economic status, and major racial and ethnic groups, except that such disaggregation shall not be required if the results would reveal personally identifiable information, on the following: (i) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced removal due to parental substance use concerns who are reunified with parents, and the length of time between such removal and reunification. (ii) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced substantiated reports of child abuse or neglect and received differential response while in the care of their birth parents or within 1 year after a reunification has occurred. (iii) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced a return to out-of-home care within one year after reunification. (F) Secretary’s report to congress The Secretary shall submit an annual report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives that includes the information described in subparagraph (E) and recommendations or observations on the challenges, successes, and lessons derived from implementation of the grant program. (G) Reservation of funds The Secretary shall use the amount reserved under subparagraph (B)(i)(I) for the purposes of— (i) providing technical assistance, including programs of in-depth technical assistance, to additional States, territories, and Indian tribes in accordance with the substance-exposed infant initiative developed by the National Center on Substance Abuse and Child Welfare; (ii) issuing guidance on the requirements of this Act with respect to infants born with and identified as being affected by substance use or withdrawal symptoms or fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, as described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B), including by— (I) clarifying key terms; and (II) disseminating best practices on implementation of plans of safe care, on such topics as differential response, collaboration and coordination, and identification and delivery of services, for different populations; (iii) supporting State efforts to develop information technology systems to manage plans of safe care; and (iv) preparing the Secretary’s report to Congress described in subparagraph (F). (H) Authorization of appropriations To carry out the program under this paragraph, there are authorized to be appropriated $60,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. . (b) Definition Section 3 of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5101 note) is amended— (1) in paragraph (7), by striking ; and and inserting a semicolon; (2) by redesignating paragraph (8) as paragraph (9); and (3) by inserting after paragraph (7) the following: (8) the term substance use disorder means the abuse of alcohol or other drugs; and . 410. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine Section 311(h) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 831(h) ) is amended by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following: (2) Regulations (A) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , in consultation with the Secretary, and in accordance with the procedure described in subparagraph (B), the Attorney General shall promulgate final regulations specifying— (i) the limited circumstances in which a special registration under this subsection may be issued; and (ii) the procedure for obtaining a special registration under this subsection. (B) Procedure In promulgating final regulations under subparagraph (A), the Attorney General shall— (i) issue a notice of proposed rulemaking that includes a copy of the proposed regulations; (ii) provide a period of not less than 60 days for comments on the proposed regulations; (iii) finalize the proposed regulation not later than 6 months after the close of the comment period; and (iv) publish the final regulations not later than 30 days before the effective date of the final regulations. . 411. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings Subpart III of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254 l et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 338N. Behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings (a) Schools and community-Based settings An entity to which a Corps member is assigned under section 333 may direct such Corps member to provide service as a behavioral and mental health professional at a school or other community-based setting located in a health professional shortage area. (b) Obligated service (1) In general Any service described in subsection (a) that a Corps member provides may count towards such Corps member's completion of any obligated service requirements under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, subject to any limitation imposed under paragraph (2). (2) Limitation The Secretary may impose a limitation on the number of hours of service described in subsection (a) that a Corps member may credit towards completing obligated service requirements, provided that the limitation allows a member to credit service described in subsection (a) for not less than 50 percent of the total hours required to complete such obligated service requirements. (c) Rule of construction The authorization under subsection (a) shall be notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart or subpart II. . 412. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers (a) Loan repayment for substance use treatment providers The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ) shall enter into contracts under section 338B of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254l–1 ) with eligible health professionals providing substance use disorder treatment services in substance use disorder treatment facilities, as defined by the Secretary. (b) Provision of substance use disorder treatment In carrying out the activities described in subsection (a)— (1) such facilities shall be located in mental health professional shortage areas designated under section 332 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254e ); (2) section 331(a)(3)(D) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(D) ) shall be applied as if the term primary health services includes health services regarding substance use disorder treatment; (3) section 331(a)(3)(E)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(E)(i) ) shall be applied as if the term behavioral and mental health professionals includes masters level, licensed substance use disorder treatment counselors; and (4) such professionals and facilities shall provide— (A) counseling by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor progress; and (B) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders. (c) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 413. Improving treatment for pregnant and postpartum women (a) Report (1) In general Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary ) shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress and make available to the public on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services a report regarding the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy relating to prenatal opioid use, including neonatal abstinence syndrome, developed pursuant to section 2 of the Protecting Our Infants Act of 2015 ( Public Law 114–91 ). Such report shall include— (A) an update on the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy, including information regarding the agencies involved in the implementation; and (B) information on additional funding or authority the Secretary requires, if any, to implement the strategy, which may include authorities needed to coordinate implementation of such strategy across the Department of Health and Human Services. (2) Periodic updates The Secretary shall periodically update the report under paragraph (1). (b) Residential treatment programs for pregnant and postpartum women Section 508(s) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–1(s) ) is amended by striking $16,900,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $29,931,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 414. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants (a) Development of educational materials by Center for Substance Abuse Prevention Section 515(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–21(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, develop educational materials for clinicians to use with pregnant women for shared decisionmaking regarding pain management during pregnancy. . (b) Guidelines and recommendations by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with the Secretary, implement and disseminate, as appropriate, the recommendations in the report entitled Protecting Our Infants Act: Final Strategy issued by the Department of Health and Human Services in 2017; and . (c) Support of partnerships by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ), as amended by subsection (b), is further amended by adding at the end the following: (16) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders, support public-private partnerships to assist with education about, and support with respect to, substance use disorder for pregnant women and health care providers who treat pregnant women and babies. . V Prevention 501. Study on prescribing limits Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on the impact of Federal and State laws and regulations that limit the length, quantity, or dosage of opioid prescriptions. Such report shall address— (1) the impact of such limits on— (A) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to prescription opioids; (B) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to illicit opioids; (C) the prevalence of opioid use disorders; and (D) medically appropriate use of, and access to, opioids, including any impact on travel expenses and pain management outcomes for patients, whether such limits are associated with significantly higher rates of negative health outcomes, including suicide, and whether the impact of such limits differs based on clinical indication for which opioids are prescribed; (2) whether such limits lead to a significant increase in burden for prescribers of opioids or prescribers of treatments for opioid use disorder, including any impact on patient access to treatment, and whether any such burden is mitigated by any factors such as electronic prescribing; and (3) the impact of such limits on diversion or misuse of any controlled substance in schedule II, III, or IV of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 812(c) ). 502. Programs for health care workforce (a) Program for education and training in pain care Section 759 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294i ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a), by inserting nonprofit after private ; (2) in subsection (b)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking award may be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant for the award agrees that the program carried out with the award will include and inserting entity receiving an award under this section shall develop a comprehensive education and training plan that includes ; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting preventing, after diagnosing, ; and (ii) by inserting non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments and after including ; (C) in paragraph (2)— (i) by inserting Federal, State, and local after applicable ; and (ii) by striking the degree to which and all that follows through effective pain care and inserting opioids ; (D) in paragraph (3), by inserting and, as appropriate, non-pharmacotherapy before the semicolon; (E) in paragraph (4)— (i) by inserting any before cultural ; and (ii) by striking ; and and inserting ; ; (F) in paragraph (5), by striking provision of pain care. and inserting scientific basis of pain and the provision of pain care, including through non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments; and ; and (G) by adding at the end the following: (6) the dangers of opioid abuse, detection of early warning signs of opioid use disorders, and safe disposal options for prescription medications, including such options provided by law enforcement, or other innovative deactivation mechanisms. ; (3) in subsection (d), by inserting prevention, after diagnosis, ; and (4) in subsection (e), by striking 2010 through 2012 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . (b) Mental and behavioral health education and training program Section 756(a) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294e–1(a) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting , trauma, after focus on child and adolescent mental health ; and (2) in paragraphs (2) and (3), by inserting trauma-informed care and before substance use disorder prevention and treatment services . 503. Education and awareness campaigns Section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 ( Public Law 114–198 ) is amended— (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows: (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in coordination with the heads of other departments and agencies, shall advance education and awareness regarding the risks related to misuse and abuse of opioids, as appropriate, which may include developing or improving existing programs, conducting activities, and awarding grants that advance the education and awareness of— (1) the public, including patients and consumers; (2) patients, consumers, and other appropriate members of the public, regarding such risks related to unused opioids and the dispensing options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; (3) providers, which may include— (A) providing for continuing education on appropriate prescribing practices; (B) education related to applicable State or local prescriber limit laws, information on the use of non-addictive or non-opioid alternatives for pain management, and the use of overdose reversal drugs, as appropriate; (C) disseminating and improving the use of evidence-based opioid prescribing guidelines across relevant health care settings, as appropriate, and updating guidelines as necessary; (D) implementing strategies, such as best practices, to encourage and facilitate the use of prescriber guidelines, in accordance with State and local law; and (E) disseminating information to providers about prescribing options for controlled substances, including such options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; and (4) other appropriate entities. ; and (2) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking opioid abuse each place such term appears and inserting opioid misuse and abuse ; and (B) in paragraph (2), by striking safe disposal of prescription medications and other and inserting non-addictive or non-opioid treatment options, safe disposal options for prescription medications, and other applicable . 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after section 392 ( 42 U.S.C. 280b–1 ) the following: 392A. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination (a) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (1) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in subsection (b); (2) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity; and (3) award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (b) Controlled substance overdose data collection and analysis activities A controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in this subsection is any of the following activities: (1) Improving the timeliness of reporting aggregate data to the public, including data on fatal and nonfatal controlled substance overdoses. (2) Enhancing the comprehensiveness of controlled substance overdose data by collecting information on such overdoses from appropriate sources such as toxicology reports, death scene investigations, and emergency department services. (3) Modernizing the system for coding causes of death related to controlled substance overdoses to use an electronic-based system. (4) Using data to help identify risk factors associated with controlled substance overdoses, including the delivery of certain health care services. (5) Supporting entities involved in reporting information on controlled substance overdoses, such as coroners and medical examiners, to improve accurate testing and reporting of causes and contributing factors of such overdoses, and analysis of various opioid analogues to controlled substances overdoses. (6) Working to enable and encourage the access, exchange, and use of data regarding controlled substances overdoses among data sources and entities. (c) Controlled substance defined In this section, the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act. . 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280b et seq.), as amended by section 504, is further amended by inserting after section 392A the following: 392B. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances (a) Prevention activities (1) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ), using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (A) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any prevention activity described in paragraph (2); (B) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes to carrying out any such activity; and (C) award grants to States, localities, and tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (2) Prevention activities A prevention activity described in this paragraph is an activity to improve the efficiency and use of a new or currently operating prescription drug monitoring program— (A) encouraging all authorized users (as specified by the State or other entity) to register with and use the program; (B) enabling such users to access any data updates in as close to real-time as practicable; (C) providing for a mechanism for the program to notify authorized users of any potential misuse or abuse of controlled substances and any detection of inappropriate prescribing practices relating to such substances; (D) encouraging the analysis of prescription drug monitoring data for purposes of providing de-identified, aggregate reports based on such analysis to State public health agencies, State licensing boards, and other appropriate State agencies, as permitted under applicable Federal and State law and the policies of the prescription drug monitoring program and not containing any protected health information, to prevent inappropriate prescribing, drug diversion, or abuse and misuse of controlled substances, and to facilitate better coordination among agencies; (E) enhancing interoperability between the program and any health information technology (including certified health information technology), including by integrating program data into such technology; (F) updating program capabilities to respond to technological innovation for purposes of appropriately addressing the occurrence and evolution of controlled substance overdoses; and (G) facilitating and encouraging data exchange between the program and the prescription drug monitoring programs of other States. (b) Additional grants The Director may award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes— (1) to carry out innovative projects for grantees to rapidly respond to controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses, including changes in patterns of controlled substance use; and (2) for any other evidence-based activity for preventing controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses as the Director determines appropriate. (c) Research The Director may conduct studies and evaluations to address substance use disorders, including preventing substance use disorders or other related topics the Director determines appropriate. (d) Public and prescriber education Pursuant to section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, the Director may advance the education and awareness of prescribers and the public regarding the risk of abuse of prescription opioids. (e) Controlled substance defined In this section, the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act. (f) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out this section, section 392A of this Act, and section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, there is authorized to be appropriated $486,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2024. . 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma (a) Data collection The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ) may, in cooperation with the States, collect and report data on adverse childhood experiences through the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, and other relevant public health surveys or questionnaires. (b) Timing The collection of data under subsection (a) may occur in fiscal year 2019 and every 2 years thereafter. (c) Data from tribal and rural areas The Director shall encourage each State that participates in collecting and reporting data under subsection (a) to collect and report data from tribal and rural areas within such State, in order to generate a statistically reliable representation of such areas. (d) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the period of fiscal years 2019 through 2021. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER Section 399O of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280g–3 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and inserting Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders ; and (B) by adding at the end the following: (4) States and local governments (A) In general In the case of a State that does not have a prescription drug monitoring program, a county or other unit of local government within the State that has a prescription drug monitoring program shall be treated as a State for purposes of this section, including for purposes of eligibility for grants under paragraph (1). (B) Plan for interoperability For purposes of meeting the interoperability requirements under subsection (c)(3), a county or other unit of local government shall submit a plan outlining the methods such county or unit of local government will use to ensure the capability of data sharing with other counties and units of local government within the State and with other States, as applicable. ; (2) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (1)(A)(iii)— (i) by inserting as such standards become available, after interoperability standards, ; and (ii) by striking generated or identified by the Secretary or his or her designee and inserting recognized by the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology ; and (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting including electronic health records, after technology systems, ; (3) in subsection (d)(1), by striking not later than 1 week after the date of such dispensing and inserting in as close to real time as practicable ; (4) in subsection (f)(1)(D), by striking medicaid and inserting Medicaid ; (5) in subsection (i), by inserting , in collaboration with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology and the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, after The Secretary ; and (6) in subsection (n), by striking 2021 and inserting 2026 . 508. Jessie’s Law (a) Best practices (1) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, including a patient with a history of opioid use disorder, an expert in electronic health records, an expert in the confidentiality of patient health information and records, and a health care provider, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices regarding— (A) the circumstances under which information that a patient has provided to a health care provider regarding such patient’s history of opioid use disorder should, only at the patient’s request, be prominently displayed in the medical records (including electronic health records) of such patient; (B) what constitutes the patient’s request for the purpose described in subparagraph (A); and (C) the process and methods by which the information should be so displayed. (2) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices developed under paragraph (1) to health care providers and State agencies. (b) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), as applicable, the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider the following: (1) The potential for addiction relapse or overdose, including overdose death, when opioid medications are prescribed to a patient recovering from opioid use disorder. (2) The benefits of displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder history in a manner similar to other potentially lethal medical concerns, including drug allergies and contraindications. (3) The importance of prominently displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder when a physician or medical professional is prescribing medication, including methods for avoiding alert fatigue in providers. (4) The importance of a variety of appropriate medical professionals, including physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, having access to information described in this section when prescribing or dispensing opioid medication, consistent with Federal and State laws and regulations. (5) The importance of protecting patient privacy, including the requirements related to consent for disclosure of substance use disorder information under all applicable laws and regulations. (6) All applicable Federal and State laws and regulations. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records (a) Initial programs and materials Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with appropriate experts, shall identify the following model programs and materials (or if no such programs or materials exist, recognize private or public entities to develop and disseminate such programs and materials): (1) Model programs and materials for training health care providers (including physicians, emergency medical personnel, psychiatrists, psychologists, counselors, therapists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, behavioral health facilities and clinics, care managers, and hospitals, including individuals such as general counsels or regulatory compliance staff who are responsible for establishing provider privacy policies) concerning the permitted uses and disclosures, consistent with the standards and regulations governing the privacy and security of substance use disorder patient records promulgated by the Secretary under section 543 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290dd–2 ) for the confidentiality of patient records. (2) Model programs and materials for training patients and their families regarding their rights to protect and obtain information under the standards and regulations described in paragraph (1). (b) Requirements The model programs and materials described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall address circumstances under which disclosure of substance use disorder patient records is needed to— (1) facilitate communication between substance use disorder treatment providers and other health care providers to promote and provide the best possible integrated care; (2) avoid inappropriate prescribing that can lead to dangerous drug interactions, overdose, or relapse; and (3) notify and involve families and caregivers when individuals experience an overdose. (c) Periodic updates The Secretary shall— (1) periodically review and update the model program and materials identified or developed under subsection (a); and (2) disseminate such updated programs and materials to the individuals described in subsection (a)(1). (d) Input of certain entities In identifying, reviewing, or updating the model programs and materials under this section, the Secretary shall solicit the input of relevant stakeholders. (e) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 510. Communication with families during emergencies (a) Promoting Awareness of Authorized Disclosures during Emergencies The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall annually notify health care providers regarding permitted disclosures during emergencies, including overdoses, of certain health information to families and caregivers under Federal health care privacy laws and regulations. (b) Use of material For the purposes of carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services may use material produced under section 509 of this Act or under section 11004 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note). 511. Prenatal and postnatal health Section 317L of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–13 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows: (1) to collect, analyze, and make available data on prenatal smoking, alcohol and substance abuse and misuse, including— (A) data on— (i) the incidence, prevalence, and implications of such activities; and (ii) the incidence and prevalence of implications and outcomes, including neonatal abstinence syndrome and other outcomes associated with such activities; and (B) to inform such analysis, additional information or data on family health history, medication exposures during pregnancy, demographic information, such as race, ethnicity, geographic location, and family history, and other relevant information, as appropriate; ; (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) by striking prevention of and inserting prevention and long-term outcomes associated with ; and (ii) by striking illegal drug use and inserting substance abuse and misuse ; (C) in paragraph (3), by striking and cessation programs; and and inserting , treatment, and cessation programs; ; (D) in paragraph (4), by striking illegal drug use. and inserting substance abuse and misuse; and ; and (E) by adding at the end the following: (5) to issue public reports on the analysis of data described in paragraph (1), including analysis of— (A) long-term outcomes of children affected by neonatal abstinence syndrome; (B) health outcomes associated with prenatal smoking, alcohol, and substance abuse and misuse; and (C) relevant studies, evaluations, or information the Secretary determines to be appropriate. ; (2) in subsection (b), by inserting tribal entities, after local governments, ; (3) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following: (c) Coordinating activities To carry out this section, the Secretary may— (1) provide technical and consultative assistance to entities receiving grants under subsection (b); (2) ensure a pathway for data sharing between States, tribal entities, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (3) ensure data collection under this section is consistent with applicable State, Federal, and Tribal privacy laws; and (4) coordinate with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, as appropriate, to assist States and tribes in implementing systems that use standards recognized by such National Coordinator, as such recognized standards are available, in order to facilitate interoperability between such systems and health information technology systems, including certified health information technology. ; and (5) in subsection (d), as so redesignated, by striking 2001 through 2005 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors Section 317N of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–15 ) is amended— (1) by amending the section heading to read as follows: Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors ; (2) in subsection (a)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting activities before the colon; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting or maintaining after implementing ; (ii) by striking hepatitis C virus infection (in this section referred to as HCV infection ) and inserting infections commonly associated with injection drug use, including viral hepatitis and human immunodeficiency virus, ; and (iii) by striking such infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting such infections, which may include the reporting of cases of such infections. ; (C) in paragraph (2), by striking HCV infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections as a result of injection drug use, receiving blood transfusions prior to July 1992, or other risk factors. ; (D) in paragraphs (4) and (5), by striking HCV infection each place such term appears and inserting infections described in paragraph (1) ; and (E) in paragraph (5), by striking pediatricians and other primary care physicians, and obstetricians and gynecologists and inserting substance use disorder treatment providers, pediatricians, other primary care providers, and obstetrician-gynecologists ; (3) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking directly and and inserting directly or ; and (B) by striking hepatitis C, and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections described in subsection (a)(1). ; (4) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (5) by inserting after subsection (b) the following: (c) Definition In this section, the term injection drug use means— (1) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule I of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act; (2) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule II, III, IV, or V of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act that has not been approved for intravenous use under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the Public Health Service Act; or (3) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule II, III, IV, or V of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act that has not been prescribed to the person using the substance. ; and (6) in subsection (d), as so redesignated, by striking such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005 and inserting $40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support (a) Establishment There is established a task force, to be known as the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care (in this section referred to as the task force ) that shall identify, evaluate, and make recommendations regarding best practices with respect to children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (b) Membership (1) Composition The task force shall be composed of the heads of the following Federal departments and agencies, or their designees: (A) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. (B) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (C) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (D) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (E) The Indian Health Service. (F) The Department of Veterans Affairs. (G) The National Institutes of Health. (H) The Food and Drug Administration. (I) The Health Resources and Services Administration. (J) The Department of Defense. (K) The Office of Minority Health. (L) The Administration for Children and Families. (M) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation. (N) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Health and Human Services. (O) The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention of the Department of Justice. (P) The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services of the Department of Justice. (Q) The Office on Violence Against Women of the Department of Justice. (R) The National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance of the Department of Education. (S) The National Center for Special Education Research of the Institute of Education Science. (T) The Office of Elementary and Secondary Education of the Department of Education. (U) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Education. (V) The Office of Special Education and the Rehabilitative Services of the Department of Education. (W) the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior. (X) The Veterans Health Administration of the Department of Veterans Affairs. (Y) The Office of Special Needs Assistance Programs of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. (Z) The Office of Head Start of the Administration for Children and Families. (AA) The Children’s Bureau of the Administration for Children and Families. (BB) The Bureau of Indian Education of the Department of the Interior. (CC) Such other Federal agencies as the Secretaries determine to be appropriate. (2) Date of appointments The heads of Federal departments and agencies shall appoint the corresponding members of the task force not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act. (3) Chairperson The task force shall be chaired by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use. (c) Task force duties The task force shall— (1) solicit input from stakeholders, including frontline service providers, educators, mental health professionals, researchers, experts in infant, child, and youth trauma, child welfare professionals, and the public, in order to inform the activities under paragraph (2); and (2) identify, evaluate, make recommendations, and update such recommendations not less than annually, to the general public, the Secretary of Education, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress regarding— (A) a set of evidence-based, evidence-informed, and promising best practices with respect to— (i) the identification of infants, children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (ii) the expeditious referral to and implementation of trauma-informed practices and supports that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma; (B) a national strategy on how the task force and member agencies will collaborate, prioritize options for, and implement a coordinated approach which may include data sharing and the awarding of grants that support children and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (C) existing Federal authorities at the Department of Education, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Justice, Department of Labor, Department of Interior, and other relevant agencies, and specific Federal grant programs to disseminate best practices on, provide training in, or deliver services through, trauma-informed practices, and disseminate such information— (i) in writing to relevant program offices at such agencies to encourage grant applicants in writing to use such funds, where appropriate, for trauma-informed practices; and (ii) to the general public through the internet website of the task force. (d) Best practices In identifying, evaluating, and recommending the set of best practices under subsection (c), the task force shall— (1) include guidelines for providing professional development for front-line services providers, including school personnel, providers from child- or youth-serving organizations, primary and behavioral health care providers, child welfare and social services providers, family and juvenile court judges and attorneys, health care providers, individuals who are mandatory reporters of child abuse or neglect, trained nonclinical providers (including peer mentors and clergy), and first responders, in— (A) understanding and identifying early signs and risk factors of trauma in children and youth, and their families as appropriate, including through screening processes; (B) providing practices to prevent and mitigate the impact of trauma, including by fostering safe and stable environments and relationships; and (C) developing and implementing procedures or systems that— (i) are designed to quickly refer infants, children, youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma to the appropriate trauma-informed screening and support, including treatment appropriate to the age of the child, and to ensure such infants, children, youth, and family members receive such support; (ii) utilize and develop partnerships with local social services organizations, such as organizations serving youth, and clinical mental health or health care service providers with expertise in providing support services (including trauma-informed and evidence-based treatment appropriate to the age of the child) aimed at preventing or mitigating the effects of trauma; (iii) educate children and youth to— (I) understand and identify the signs, effects, or symptoms of trauma; and (II) build the resilience and coping skills to mitigate the effects of experiencing trauma; (iv) promote and support multi-generational practices that assist parents, foster parents, and kinship and other caregivers in accessing resources related to, and developing environments conducive to, the prevention and mitigation of trauma; and (v) collect and utilize data from screenings, referrals, or the provision of services and supports, conducted in the covered settings, to evaluate and improve processes for trauma-informed support and outcomes that are culturally sensitive, linguistically appropriate, and specific to age ranges and sex, as applicable; and (2) recommend best practices that are designed to avoid unwarranted custody loss or criminal penalties for parents or guardians in connection with infants, children, and youth who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (e) Operating plan Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the task force shall hold the first meeting. Not later than 2 years after such date of enactment, the task force shall submit to the Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and Congress an operating plan for carrying out the activities of the task force described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c). Such operating plan shall include— (1) a list of specific activities that the task force plans to carry out for purposes of carrying out duties described in subsection (c)(2), which may include public engagement; (2) a plan for carrying out the activities under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c); (3) a list of members of the task force and other individuals who are not members of the task force that may be consulted to carry out such activities; (4) an explanation of Federal agency involvement and coordination needed to carry out such activities, including any statutory or regulatory barriers to such coordination; (5) a budget for carrying out such activities; and (6) other information that the task force determines appropriate. (f) Final report Not later than 3 years after the date of the first meeting of the task force, the task force shall submit to the general public, Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress, a final report containing all of the findings and recommendations required under this section. (g) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2022. (h) Sunset The task force shall on the date that is 60 days after the submission of the final report under subsection (f), but not later than September 30, 2022. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings (a) Grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements authorized The Secretary, in coordination with the Director of Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, is authorized to award grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with, State educational agencies, local educational agencies, Head Start agencies (including Early Head Start agencies), State or local agencies that administer public preschool programs, Indian tribes or their tribal educational agencies, a school operated by the Bureau of Indian Education, a Regional Corporation (as defined in section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act ( 43 U.S.C. 1602 )), or a Native Hawaiian educational organization (as defined in section 6207 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7517 )), for the purpose of increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care by developing innovative initiatives, activities, or programs to link local school systems with local trauma-informed support and mental health systems, including those under the Indian Health Service. (b) Duration With respect to a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement awarded or entered into under this section, the period during which payments under such grant, contract or agreement are made to the recipient may not exceed 4 years. (c) Use of funds An entity that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall use amounts made available through such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for evidence-based or promising activities, which shall include any of the following: (1) Collaborative efforts between school-based service systems and trauma-informed support and mental health service systems to provide, develop, or improve prevention, screening, referral, and treatment services to students, such as by providing universal trauma screenings to identify students in need of specialized support. (2) To implement multi-tiered positive behavioral interventions and supports, or other trauma-informed models of support. (3) To provide professional development to teachers, teacher assistants, school leaders, specialized instructional support personnel, and mental health professionals that— (A) fosters safe and stable learning environments that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma, including through social and emotional learning; (B) improves school capacity to identify, refer, and provide services to students in need of trauma support or behavioral health services; or (C) reflects the best practices developed by the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care established under section 513. (4) Engaging families and communities in efforts to increase awareness of child and youth trauma, which may include sharing best practices with law enforcement regarding trauma-informed care and working with mental health professionals to provide interventions, as well as longer term coordinated care within the community for children and youth who have experienced trauma and their families. (5) To provide technical assistance to school systems and mental health agencies. (6) To evaluate the effectiveness of the program carried out under this section in increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care. (d) Applications To be eligible to receive a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity described in subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, which shall include the following: (1) A description of the program to be funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, including how such program will increase access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care for students, and, as applicable, the families of the students. (2) A description of how the program will provide linguistically appropriate and culturally competent services. (3) A description of how the program will support students and the school in improving the school climate in order to support an environment conducive to learning. (4) An assurance that— (A) persons providing services under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement are adequately trained to provide such services; and (B) teachers, school leaders, administrators, specialized instructional support personnel, representatives of local Indian tribes as appropriate, other school personnel, and parents or guardians of students participating in services under this section will be engaged and involved in the design and implementation of the services. (5) A description of how the applicant will support and integrate existing school-based services with the program in order to provide mental health services for students, as appropriate. (e) Interagency agreements (1) Designation of lead agency A recipient of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall designate a lead agency to direct the establishment of an interagency agreement among local educational agencies, juvenile justice authorities, mental health agencies, child welfare agencies, and other relevant entities in the State, in collaboration with local entities, such as Indian tribes. (2) Contents The interagency agreement shall ensure the provision of the services described in subsection (c), specifying with respect to each agency, authority, or entity— (A) the financial responsibility for the services; (B) the conditions and terms of responsibility for the services, including quality, accountability, and coordination of the services; and (C) the conditions and terms of reimbursement among the agencies, authorities, or entities that are parties to the interagency agreement, including procedures for dispute resolution. (f) Evaluation The Secretary shall reserve not to exceed 3 percent of the funds made available under subsection (l) for each fiscal year to— (1) conduct a rigorous, independent evaluation of the activities funded under this section; and (2) disseminate and promote the utilization of evidence-based practices regarding trauma support services and mental health care. (g) Distribution of awards The Secretary shall ensure that grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded or entered into under this section are equitably distributed among the geographical regions of the United States and among tribal, urban, suburban, and rural populations. (h) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed— (1) to prohibit an entity involved with a program carried out under this section from reporting a crime that is committed by a student to appropriate authorities; or (2) to prevent Federal, State, and tribal law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of Federal, tribal, and State law to crimes committed by a student. (i) Supplement, not supplant Any services provided through programs carried out under this section shall supplement, and not supplant, existing mental health services, including any special education and related services provided under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. (j) Consultation with Indian tribes In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall, in a timely manner, meaningfully consult, engage, and cooperate with Indian tribes and their representatives to ensure notice of eligibility. (k) Definitions In this section: (1) Elementary or secondary school The term elementary or secondary school means a public elementary and secondary school as such term is defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (2) Evidence-based The term evidence-based has the meaning given such term in section 8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)(i) ). (3) School leader The term school leader has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (4) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Education. (5) Specialized instructional support personnel The term specialized instructional support personnel has the meaning given such term in 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (l) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative Section 582(j) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290hh–1(j) ) is amended by striking $46,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022 and inserting $53,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 .

tv_txt: II Calendar No. 398 115th CONGRESS 2d Session S. 2680 IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES April 16, 2018 Mr. Alexander (for himself, Mrs. Murray , Mr. Isakson , Mr. Cassidy , Mr. Heller , Mr. Manchin , Ms. Baldwin , Mr. Kaine , Ms. Heitkamp , Mrs. Capito , Mr. Jones , Ms. Murkowski , Mr. Hatch , Ms. Smith , Ms. Collins , Mr. Rubio , Mr. Casey , and Mrs. McCaskill ) introduced the following bill; which was read twice and referred to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions May 7, 2018 Reported by Mr. Alexander , with an amendment Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed in italic A BILL To address the opioid crisis.

1. Short title; table of contents (a) Short title This Act may be cited as the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 . (b) Table of contents The table of contents of this Act is as follows: Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents. TITLE I—Reauthorization of Cures funding Sec. 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis. TITLE II—Research and innovation Sec. 201. Advancing cutting-edge research. Sec. 202. Pain research. TITLE III—Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety Sec. 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products. Sec. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities. Sec. 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity. Sec. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities. Sec. 305. First responder training. Sec. 306. Disposal of controlled substances of a deceased hospice patient by employees of a hospice program. Sec. 307. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management. Sec. 308. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection, implantation, or intrathecal pump. TITLE IV—Treatment and recovery Sec. 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers. Sec. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients. Sec. 403. Alternatives to opioids. Sec. 404. Peer support technical assistance. Sec. 405. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction. Sec. 406. National recovery housing best practices. Sec. 407. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis. Sec. 408. Youth prevention and recovery. Sec. 409. Plans of safe care. Sec. 410. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine. Sec. 411. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings. Sec. 412. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers. Sec. 413. Improving treatment for pregnant and postpartum women. Sec. 414. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants. TITLE V—Prevention Sec. 501. Study on prescribing limits. Sec. 502. Programs for health care workforce. Sec. 503. Education and awareness campaigns. Sec. 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination. Sec. 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances. Sec. 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma. Sec. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER. Sec. 508. Jessie’s Law. Sec. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records. Sec. 510. Communication with families during emergencies. Sec. 511. Prenatal and postnatal health. Sec. 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors. Sec. 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support. Sec. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings. Sec. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative. I Reauthorization of Cures funding 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis (a) In general Section 1003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (c) and inserting subsection (h) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (b) ; and (B) by inserting after and Indian tribes after States ; (2) by striking subsection (b); (3) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as subsections (b) through (d), respectively; (4) by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (j); (5) in subsection (b), as so redesignated— (A) in paragraph (1)— (i) in the paragraph heading, by inserting and Indian tribe after State ; (ii) by striking States for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and inserting States and Indian tribes for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and Indian tribes ; (iii) by inserting or Indian tribes after preference to States ; and (iv) by inserting before the period of the second sentence or other Indian tribes, as applicable ; and (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking to a State ; (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking State ; (iii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting preventing diversion of controlled substances, after treatment programs, ; and (iv) in subparagraph (E), by striking as the State determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State and inserting as the State or Indian tribe determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State, including directing resources in accordance with local needs related to substance use disorders ; (6) in subsection (c), as so redesignated, by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; (7) in subsection (d), as so redesignated— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) and inserting subsection (h) ; and (B) in paragraph (1), by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; and (8) by inserting after subsection (d), as so redesignated, the following: (e) Indian tribes (1) Definition For purposes of this section, the term Indian tribe has the meaning given such term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act ( 25 U.S.C. 5304 ). (2) Appropriate mechanisms The Secretary, in consultation with Indian tribes, shall identify and establish appropriate mechanisms for tribes to demonstrate or report the information as required under subsections (b), (c), and (d). (f) Report to Congress Not later than 1 year after the date on which amounts are first awarded, after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , pursuant to subsection (b), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report summarizing the information provided to the Secretary in reports made pursuant to subsection (c), including the purposes for which grant funds are awarded under this section and the activities of such grant recipients. (g) Technical Assistance The Secretary, including through the Tribal Training and Technical Assistance Center of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, shall provide State agencies and Indian tribes, as applicable, with technical assistance concerning grant application and submission procedures under this section, award management activities, and enhancing outreach and direct support to rural and underserved communities and providers in addressing the opioid crisis. (h) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out the grant program under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2021, to remain available until expended. (i) Set aside Of the amounts made available for each fiscal year to award grants under subsection (b) for a fiscal year, 5 percent of such amount for such fiscal year shall be made available to Indian tribes, and up to 15 percent of such amount for such fiscal year may be set aside for States with the highest age-adjusted mortality rate associated with opioid use disorders based on the ordinal ranking of States according to the age-adjusted overdose mortality rates of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. . (b) Previously appropriated amounts (1) Appropriation of amounts remaining in Account Any unobligated amounts remaining, on the date of enactment of this Act, in the Account For the State Response to the Opioid Abuse Crisis established under section 1003(b) of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) are hereby appropriated to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for purposes of carrying out the grant program under subsection (b) of section 1003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) (as redesignated by subsection (a)(3) of this section). (2) Available until expended Amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) of this subsection or section 1003(b)(3) of the 21st Century Cures Act (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act) shall remain available until expended. (c) Conforming amendment Section 1004(c) of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended by striking , the FDA Innovation Account, or the Account For the State Response to the Opioid Abuse Crisis and inserting or the FDA Innovation Account . II Research and innovation 201. Advancing cutting-edge research Section 402(n)(1) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 282(n)(1) ) is amended— (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking or ; (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting ; or ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (C) high impact cutting-edge research that fosters scientific creativity and increases fundamental biological understanding leading to the prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of diseases and disorders, or research urgently required to respond to a public health threat. . 202. Pain research Section 409J(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 284q(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (5)— (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking and treatment of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain and inserting treatment, and management of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain, including information on best practices for utilization of non-pharmacologic treatments, non-addictive medical products, and other drugs approved, or devices approved or cleared, by the Food and Drug Administration ; (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking on the symptoms and causes of pain; and inserting the following: “on— (i) the symptoms and causes of pain; (ii) the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management of pain; and (iii) risk factors for, and early warning signs of, substance use disorders; and ; (C) by striking subparagraphs (C) through (E) and inserting the following: (C) make recommendations to the Director of NIH— (i) to ensure that the activities of the National Institutes of Health and other Federal agencies are free of unnecessary duplication of effort; (ii) on how best to disseminate information on pain care; and (iii) on how to expand partnerships between public entities and private entities to expand collaborative, cross-cutting research. ; (2) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (7); and (3) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following: (6) Report The Director of NIH shall ensure that recommendations and actions taken by the Director with respect to the topics discussed at the meetings described in paragraph (4) are included in appropriate reports to Congress. . III Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products (a) Public Meetings Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall hold not less than one public meeting to address the challenges and barriers of developing non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, which may include— (1) the manner by which the Secretary may incorporate the risks of misuse and abuse of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 802 ) into the risk benefit assessment under section 505(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355(e) ), section 510(k) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360(k) ), or section 515(c) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360e(c) ), as applicable; (2) the application of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )), use of real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), and use of patient experience data (consistent with section 569C of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–8c )) for the development of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (3) the evidentiary standards and the development of opioid sparing data for inclusion in the labeling of medical products; and (4) the application of eligibility criteria under sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction. (b) Guidance Not less than one year after the public meetings are conducted under subsection (a) the Secretary shall issue one or more final guidance documents, or update existing guidance documents, to help address challenges to developing non-addictive medical products to treat pain or addiction. Such guidance documents shall include information regarding— (1) how the Food and Drug Administration may apply sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) to non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, including the circumstances under which the Secretary— (A) may apply the eligibility criteria under such sections 506 and 515B to non-opioid or non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (B) considers the risk of addiction of controlled substances approved to treat pain when establishing unmet medical need; and (C) considers pain, pain control, or pain management in assessing whether a disease or condition is a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; (2) the methods by which sponsors may evaluate acute and chronic pain, endpoints for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, the manner in which endpoints and evaluations of efficacy will be applied across and within review divisions, taking into consideration the etiology of the underlying disease, and the manner in which sponsors may use surrogate endpoints, intermediate endpoints, and real world evidence; (3) the manner in which the Food and Drug Administration will assess evidence to support the inclusion of opioid sparing data in the labeling of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, including— (A) data collection methodologies, including the use of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )), and real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), as appropriate, to support product labeling; (B) ethical considerations of exposuring subjects to controlled substances in clinical trials to develop opioid sparing data and considerations on data collection methods that reduce harm, which may include the reduction of opioid use as a clinical benefit; (C) endpoints, including primary, secondary, and surrogate endpoints, to evaluate the reduction of opioid use; (D) best practices for communication between sponsors and the agency on the development of data collection methods, including the initiation of data collection; and (E) the appropriate format to submit such data results to the Secretary; and (4) the circumstances under which the Food and Drug Administration considers misuse and abuse of drugs in making determinations of safety under paragraphs (2) and (4) of subsection (d) of section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355 ) and in finding that a drug is unsafe under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (e) of such section. (c) Definitions In this section— (1) the term medical product means a drug (as defined in section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) )), biological product (as defined in section 351(i) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 262(i) )), or device (as defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) )); and (2) the term opioid sparing means reducing, replacing, or avoiding the use of opioids or other controlled substances. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities Section 505–1(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(e) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) Serious adverse drug experience The Secretary may require a risk evaluation mitigation strategy for a drug for which there is a serious risk of an adverse drug experience described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (b)(1), taking into consideration the factors described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) of subsection (f)(2), which may include requiring that— (A) the drug be made available for dispensing to certain patients in unit dose packaging, packaging that provides a set duration, or other packaging system that the Secretary determines may help mitigate such serious risk; or (B) the drug be dispensed to certain patients with a safe disposal packaging or safe disposal system for purposes of rendering unused drugs non-retrievable (as defined in section 1300.05 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation)) if the Secretary has determines that such safe disposal packaging or system may help mitigate such serious risk and exists in sufficient quantities, in consultation with other relevant Federal agencies with authorities over drug packaging. . 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall coordinate with the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out activities related to customs and border protection and response to illegal controlled substances and drug imports, including at sites of import (such as international mail facilities). Such Secretaries may carry out such activities through a memorandum of understanding between the Food and Drug Administration and the United States Customs and Border Protection. (b) FDA import facilities and inspection capacity In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall— (1) in collaboration with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, provide that import facilities in which the Food and Drug Administration operates or carries out activities related to drug imports within the international mail facilities include— (A) facility upgrades and improved capacity in order to increase and improve inspection and detection capabilities, which may include, as the Secretary determines appropriate— (i) improvements to facilities, such as upgrades or renovations, and support for the maintenance of existing import facilities and sites to improve coordination between Federal agencies; (ii) the construction of, or upgrades to, laboratory capacity for purposes of detection and testing of imported goods; (iii) upgrades to the security of import facilities; and (iv) innovative technology and equipment to facilitate improved and near-real-time information sharing between the Food and Drug Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, and the United States Postal Service; and (B) provide import facilities in which the Food and Drug Administration operates or carries out activities related to drug imports within the international mail facilities with innovative technology, including controlled substance detection and testing equipment and other applicable technology, and collaborate with United States Customs and Border Protection to share near-real-time information, including information about test results, as appropriate, provided that such technology is interoperable with technology used by other relevant Federal agencies, including the United States Customs and Border Protection, as applicable, and is used in the time and manner that the Secretary determines appropriate. (c) Report Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, shall report to the relevant committees of Congress on the implementation of this section, including a summary of progress made towards near-real-time information sharing and the interoperability of such technologies. (d) Authorization of appropriations Out of amounts otherwise available to the Secretary, the Secretary may allocate such sums as may be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities Section 505–1(b)(1)(E) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(b)(1)(E) ) is amended by striking of the drug and inserting of the drug, which may include reduced effectiveness that is not in accordance with the labeling of such drug . 305. First responder training Section 546 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–1 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (2), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period and inserting ; and ; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (4) train and provide resources for first responders and members of other key community sectors on safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs to protect themselves from exposure to fentanyl and respond appropriately when exposure occurs. ; (2) in subsection (d), by inserting , and safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs before the period; (3) in subsection (f)— (A) in paragraph (3), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period and inserting a semicolon; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (5) the number of first responders and members of other key community sectors trained on safety around fentanyl and other dangerous illicit drugs. ; and (4) in subsection (g), by striking $12,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $36,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 306. Disposal of controlled substances of a deceased hospice patient by employees of a hospice program (a) In general Section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (5) (A) An employee of a qualified hospice program acting within the scope of employment may handle, in the place of residence of a hospice patient, any controlled substance that was lawfully dispensed to the hospice patient, for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of the controlled substance after the hospice patient's death. (B) In this paragraph: (i) The term employee of a qualified hospice program means a physician, physician assistant, or nurse who— (I) is employed by, or is acting pursuant to arrangements made with, a qualified hospice program; and (II) is licensed or certified to perform such employment or acts in accordance with applicable State law. (ii) The terms hospice care and hospice program have the meanings given those terms in section 1861(dd) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(dd) ). (iii) The term hospice patient means an individual receiving hospice care. (iv) The term qualified hospice program means a hospice program that— (I) has written policies and procedures for employees of the hospice program to use assisting in the disposal of the controlled substances of a hospice patient after the hospice patient's death; (II) at the time when the controlled substances are first ordered— (aa) provides a copy of the written policies and procedures to the hospice patient or hospice patient representative and the family of the hospice patient; (bb) discusses the policies and procedures with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative and the hospice patient's family in a language and manner that such individuals understand to ensure that such individuals are informed regarding the safe disposal of controlled substances; and (cc) documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient that the written policies and procedures were provided and discussed with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative; and (III) at the time when an employee of the hospice program assists in the disposal of controlled substances of a hospice patient, documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient a list of all controlled substances disposed of. (C) The Attorney General may, by regulation, include additional types of licensed medical professionals in the definition of the term employee of a qualified hospice program under subparagraph (B). . (b) No registration required Section 302(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(c) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) An employee of a qualified hospice program for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of a controlled substance in accordance with subsection (g)(5). . (c) Guidance The Attorney General may issue guidance to qualified hospice programs to assist the programs in satisfying the requirements under paragraph (5) of section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ), as added by subsection (a). (d) State and local authority Nothing in this section or the amendments made by this section shall be construed to prevent a State or local government from imposing additional controls or restrictions relating to the regulation of the disposal of controlled substances in hospice care or hospice programs. 307. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management (a) Study (1) In general The Comptroller General of the United States (in this section referred to as the Comptroller General ) shall conduct a study on the requirements applicable to and challenges of hospice programs with regard to the management and disposal of controlled substances in the home of an individual. (2) Contents In conducting the study under paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall include— (A) an overview of challenges encountered by hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances, such as opioids, in a home setting, including any key changes in policies, procedures, or best practices for the disposal of controlled substances over time; and (B) a description of Federal requirements, including requirements under the Medicare program, for hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances in a home setting, and oversight of compliance with those requirements. (b) Report Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report containing the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), together with recommendations, if any, for such legislation and administrative action as the Comptroller General determines appropriate. 308. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection, implantation, or intrathecal pump (a) In general The Controlled Substances Act is amended by inserting after section 309 ( 21 U.S.C. 829 ) the following: 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner (a) In general Notwithstanding section 102(10), a pharmacy may deliver a controlled substance to a practitioner in accordance with a prescription that meets the requirements of this title and the regulations issued by the Attorney General under this title, for the purpose of administering of the controlled substance by the practitioner if— (1) the controlled substance is delivered by the pharmacy to the prescribing practitioner or the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, at the location listed on the practitioner’s certificate of registration issued under this title; (2) (A) in the case of administering of the controlled substance for the purpose of maintenance or detoxification treatment under section 303(g)(2)— (i) the practitioner who issued the prescription is a qualifying practitioner authorized under, and acting within the scope of that section; and (ii) the controlled substance is to be administered by injection or implantation; or (B) in the case of administering of the controlled substance for a purpose other than maintenance or detoxification treatment, the controlled substance is to be administered by a practitioner through use of an intrathecal pump; (3) the pharmacy and the practitioner are authorized to conduct the activities specified in this section under the law of the State in which such activities take place; (4) the prescription is not issued to supply any practitioner with a stock of controlled substances for the purpose of general dispensing to patients; (5) except as provided in subsection (b), the controlled substance is to be administered only to the patient named on the prescription not later than 14 days after the date of receipt of the controlled substance by the practitioner; and (6) notwithstanding any exceptions under section 307, the prescribing practitioner, and the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, maintain complete and accurate records of all controlled substances delivered, received, administered, or otherwise disposed of under this section, including the persons to whom controlled substances were delivered and such other information as may be required by regulations of the Attorney General. (b) Modification of number of days before which controlled substance shall be administered (1) Initial 2-year period During the 2-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this section, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may reduce the number of days described in subsection (a)(5) if the Attorney General determines that such reduction will— (A) reduce the risk of diversion; or (B) protect the public health. (2) Modifications after submission of report After the date on which the report described in subsection (c) is submitted, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may modify the number of days described in subsection (a)(5). (3) Minimum number of days Any modification under this subsection shall be for a period of not less than 7 days. . (b) Study and report Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study and submit to Congress a report on access to and potential diversion of controlled substances administered by injection, implantation, or through the use of an intrathecal pump. (c) Technical and conforming amendment The table of contents for the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 309 the following: Sec. 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner. . IV Treatment and recovery 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers (a) In general Part D of title V of the Public Health Service Act is amended by adding at the end the following new section: 550. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers (a) In general The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to establish or operate a comprehensive opioid recovery center (referred to in this section as a Center ). A Center may be a single entity or an integrated delivery network. (b) Grant period (1) In general A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be for a period not more than 5 years. (2) Renewal A grant awarded under subsection (a) may be renewed, on a competitive basis, for additional periods of time, as determined by the Secretary. In determining whether to renew a grant under this paragraph, the Secretary shall consider the data submitted under subsection (h). (c) Minimum number of grants The Secretary shall allocate the amounts made available under subsection (j) such that not fewer than 10 grants may be awarded. Not more than one grant shall be made to entities in a single State for any one period. (d) Application In order to be eligible for a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (1) evidence that such entity carries out, or is capable of coordinating with other entities to carry out, the activities described in subsection (g); and (2) such other information as the Secretary may require. (e) Priority In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities located in a State with an overdose mortality rate that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (f) Preference In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary may give preference to eligible entities utilizing technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models, including such models as defined in section 2 of the Expanding Capacity for Health Outcomes Act ( Public Law 114–270 ; 130 Stat. 1395), to conduct the activities described in this section. (g) Center activities Each Center shall, at a minimum, carry out the following activities directly, through referral, or through contractual arrangements, which may include carrying out such activities through technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models described in subsection (f): (1) Treatment and recovery services Each Center shall— (A) ensure that intake and evaluations meet the individualized clinical needs of patients, including by offering assessments for services and care recommendations through independent, evidence-based verification processes for reviewing patient placement in treatment settings; (B) provide the full continuum of treatment services, including— (i) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders; (ii) medically supervised withdrawal management that includes patient evaluation, stabilization, and readiness for and entry into treatment; (iii) counseling provided by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor patient progress; (iv) treatment, as appropriate, for patients with co-occurring substance use and mental health disorders; (v) residential rehabilitation, and outpatient and intensive outpatient programs; (vi) recovery housing; (vii) community-based and peer recovery support services; (viii) job training, job placement assistance, and continuing education assistance to support reintegration into the workforce; and (ix) other best practices to provide the full continuum of treatment and services, as determined by the Secretary; (C) periodically conduct patient assessments to support sustained and clinically significant recovery, as defined by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use; (D) administer an onsite pharmacy and provide toxicology services, for purposes of carrying out this section; and (E) operate a secure, confidential, and interoperable electronic health information system. (2) Outreach Each Center shall carry out outreach activities to publicize the services offered through the Centers, which may include— (A) training and supervising outreach staff, as appropriate, to work with State and local health departments, health care providers, State and local education agencies, institutions of higher education, State and local workforce development boards, State and local community action agencies, public safety officials, first responders, child welfare agencies, as appropriate, and other community partners and the public, including patients, to identify and respond to community needs, and ensuring that such entities are aware of the services of the Center; and (B) disseminating and making publicly available, including through the internet, evidence-based resources that educate professionals and the public on opioid use disorder and other substance use disorders, including co-occurring substance use and mental health disorders. (h) Data reporting and program oversight With respect to a grant awarded under subsection (a), not later than 90 days after the end of the first year of the grant period, and annually thereafter for the duration of the grant period (including the duration of any renewal period for such grant), the entity shall submit data, as appropriate, to the Secretary regarding— (1) the programs and activities funded by the grant; (2) health outcomes of the population of individuals with a substance use disorder who received services from the Center, evaluated by an independent program evaluator through the use of outcomes measures, as determined by the Secretary; (3) the retention rate of program participants; and (4) any other information that the Secretary may require for the purpose of ensuring that the Center is complying with all the requirements of the grant, including providing the full continuum of services described in subsection (g)(1)(B). (i) Privacy The provisions of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (j) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 for purposes of carrying out this section. . (b) Reports to Congress (1) Preliminary report Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress a preliminary report that analyzes data submitted under section 550(h) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by subsection (a). (2) Final report Not later than 2 years after submitting the preliminary report required under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress a final report that includes— (A) an evaluation of the effectiveness of the comprehensive services provided by the Centers established or operated pursuant to section 550 of the Public Health Service Act, as added by subsection (a), on health outcomes of the population of individuals with substance use disorder who receive services from the Center, which shall include an evaluation of the effectiveness of services for treatment and recovery support and to reduce relapse, recidivism, and overdose; and (B) recommendations, as appropriate, regarding ways to improve Federal programs related to substance use disorders, which may include dissemination of best practices for the treatment of substance use disorders to health care professionals. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ) shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices for— (1) emergency treatment of known or suspected drug overdose; (2) coordination and continuation of care and treatment, including, as appropriate, through referrals, of individuals after an opioid overdose; and (3) the provision of overdose reversal medication, as appropriate. (b) Grant establishment and participation (1) In general The Secretary shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to support implementation of voluntary programs for care and treatment of individuals after an opioid overdose, as appropriate, which may include implementation of the best practices described in subsection (a). (2) Eligible entity In this section, the term eligible entity means an entity that offers treatment or other services for individuals in response to, or following, drug overdoses or a drug overdose. (3) Application An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section, in consultation with the principal agency of a State in which such entity offers treatment or other services that is responsible for carrying out the block grant for prevention and treatment of substance abuse under subpart II of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–21 et seq.), shall submit an application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require, that includes— (A) evidence that such eligible entity carries out, or is capable of coordinating with other entities to carry out, the activities described in paragraph (4); and (B) such additional information as the Secretary may require. (4) Use of grant funds An eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall use such grant funds to— (A) hire or utilize recovery coaches to help support recovery, including by— (i) connecting patients to a continuum of care services, such as— (I) treatment and recovery support programs; (II) programs that provide non-clinical recovery support services; (III) peer support networks; (IV) recovery community organizations; (V) health care providers, including physicians and other providers of behavioral health and primary care; (VI) educational and vocational schools; (VII) employers; (VIII) housing services; and (IX) child welfare agencies; (ii) providing education on overdose prevention to patients; and (iii) providing other services the Secretary determines necessary to help ensure continued connection with recovery support services; (B) establish policies and procedures that address the provision of overdose reversal medication, the administration of all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorder, and subsequent continuation of, or referral to, evidence-based treatment for patients with a substance use disorder who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose, in order to prevent relapse, and reduce recidivism and future overdose; (C) develop or implement best practices for treating non-fatal drug overdoses, including, with respect to care coordination and integrated care models, for long term treatment and recovery options for individuals with a substance use disorder who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose; and (D) establish integrated models of care for individuals who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose which may include patient assessment, follow up, and transportation to and from treatment facilities. (5) Additional permissible uses In addition to the uses described in paragraph (4), a grant awarded under this section may be used, directly or through contractual arrangements, to provide— (A) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders, pursuant to Federal and State law; (B) withdrawal and detoxification services that include patient evaluation, stabilization, and preparation for treatment of substance use disorder, including treatment described in subparagraph (A), as appropriate; or (C) mental health services provided by a program counselor, social worker, therapist, or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychosocial background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for patients with substance use disorder, and to monitor patient progress. (6) Preference In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that meet any or all of the following criteria: (A) The eligible entity is a critical access hospital (as defined in section 1861(mm)(1) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(mm)(1) )), a low volume hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(12)(C)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(12)(C)(i) )), or a sole community hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(D)(iii) )). (B) The eligible entity is located in a State with an overdose mortality rate that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (C) The eligible entity demonstrates that recovery coaches will be placed in both health care settings and community settings. (7) Period of grant A grant awarded to an eligible entity under this section shall be for a period of not more than 5 years. (c) Definition In this section, the term recovery coach means an individual— (1) with knowledge of, or experience with, recovery from a substance use disorder; and (2) who has completed training from, and is determined to be in good standing by, a recovery services organization capable of conducting such training and making such determination. (d) Reporting requirements (1) Reports by grantees Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary an annual report for each year for which the entity has received such grant that includes information on— (A) the number of individuals treated by the entity for non-fatal overdoses, including the number of non-fatal overdoses where overdose reversal medication was administered; (B) the number of individuals administered medication-assisted treatment by the entity; (C) the number of individuals referred by the entity to other treatment facilities after a non-fatal overdose, the types of such other facilities, and the number of such individuals admitted to such other facilities pursuant to such referrals; and (D) the frequency and number of patients with reoccurrences, including readmissions for non-fatal overdoses and evidence of relapse related to substance abuse disorder. (2) Report by Secretary Not later than 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that includes an evaluation of the effectiveness of the grant program carried out under this section with respect to long term health outcomes of the population of individuals who have experienced a drug overdose, the percentage of patients treated or referred to treatment by grantees, and the frequency and number of patients who experienced relapse, were readmitted for treatment, or experienced another overdose. (e) Privacy The requirements of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (f) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 403. Alternatives to opioids (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall, directly or through grants to, or contracts with, public and private entities, provide technical assistance to hospitals and other acute care settings on alternatives to opioids for pain management. The technical assistance provided shall be for the purpose of— (1) utilizing information from acute care providers including emergency departments and other providers that have successfully implemented alternatives to opioids programs, promoting non-opioid protocols and medications while appropriately limiting the use of opioids; (2) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids, which may include pain-management strategies that involve non-addictive medical products, non-pharmacologic treatments, and technologies or techniques to identify patients at-risk for opioid use disorder; (3) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids that target common painful conditions and include certain patient populations, such as geriatric patients, pregnant women, and children; (4) disseminating information on the use of alternatives to opioids to providers in acute care settings, which may include emergency departments, outpatient clinics, critical access hospitals, and Federally qualified health centers; and (5) collecting data and reporting on health outcomes associated with the use of alternatives to opioids. (b) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 404. Peer support technical assistance (a) Technical assistance for peer support services The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Abuse, shall provide technical assistance and support to organizations providing peer support services related to substance use disorder, including technical assistance and support related to— (1) training on identifying— (A) signs of substance use disorder; (B) resources to assist individuals with a substance use disorder, or resources for families of an individual with a substance use disorder; and (C) best practices for the delivery of recovery support services; (2) the provision of translation services, interpretation, or other such services for clients with limited English speaking proficiency; (3) capacity building; and (4) evaluation and improvement, as necessary, of the effectiveness of such peer support services. (b) Best practices The Secretary shall periodically issue best practices related to peer support services for use by organizations that provide peer support services. (c) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 405. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction (a) Repeal of requirement To Update Regulations Section 303 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 ( Public Law 114–198 ; 130 Stat. 720) is amended by striking subsection (c). (b) Codification of expansion of maximum number of patients for medication-Assisted treatment Section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii)(II) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. (g)(2)(B)(iii)(II)) is amended by striking 100 each place it appears and inserting 275 . 406. National recovery housing best practices (a) Best practices The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with the Secretary for Housing and Urban Development, patients with a history of opioid use disorder, and other stakeholders, which may include State accrediting entities and reputable providers of, and analysts of, recovery housing services, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices, which may include model laws for implementing suggested minimum standards, for operating recovery housing. (b) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices identified or developed under subsection (a) to— (1) State agencies, which may include the provision of technical assistance to State agencies seeking to adopt or implement such best practices; (2) recovery housing entities; and (3) the public, as appropriate. (c) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider how recovery housing is able to (including by improving access and adherence to treatment) support recovery and prevent relapse, recidivism, or overdose, including overdose death. (d) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed to provide the Secretary with the ability to require States to adhere to minimum standards in the State oversight of recovery housing. (e) Definition In this section, the term recovery housing means a shared living environment free from alcohol and illicit drug use and centered on peer support and connection to services that promote sustained recovery from substance use disorders. 407. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis (a) Definitions Except as otherwise expressly provided, in this section: (1) Education provider The term education provider means— (A) an institution of higher education, as defined in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ); or (B) a postsecondary vocational institution, as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (2) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (A) a State workforce agency; (B) a State board; (C) an outlying area, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ); or (D) a Tribal entity. (3) Local area; local board; one-stop operator The terms local area , local board , and one-stop operator have the meanings given such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (4) Local entity The term local entity means a local board or one-stop operator. (5) Participating partnership The term participating partnership means a partnership established under subsection (e)(1) by a local entity receiving a subgrant under subsection (d). (6) Program participant The term program participant means an individual who— (A) is a member of a population of workers described in subsection (e)(2) that is served by a participating partnership through the pilot program under this section; and (B) enrolls with the applicable participating partnership to receive any of the services described in subsection (e)(3). (7) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Labor. (8) State board The term State board has the meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (9) State workforce agency The term State workforce agency means the lead State agency with responsibility for the administration of a program under chapter 2 or 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3161 et seq., 3171 et seq.). (10) Substance use disorder The term substance use disorder means such a disorder within the meaning of title V of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.). (11) Supportive services The term supportive services has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (12) Treatment provider The term treatment provider — (A) means a health care provider that offers services for treating substance use disorders and is licensed in accordance with applicable State law to provide such services; (B) accepts health insurance for such services, including coverage under title XIX of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and (C) may include— (i) a nonprofit provider of peer recovery support services, as defined by the State involved in regulation or guidance; (ii) a community health care provider; or (iii) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x )). (13) Tribal entity The term Tribal entity includes any Indian tribe, tribal organization, Indian-controlled organization serving Indians, Native Hawaiian organization, or Alaska Native entity, as such terms are defined or used in section 166 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3221 ). (b) Pilot program and grants authorized (1) In general The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall carry out a pilot program to address economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. In carrying out the pilot program, the Secretary shall make grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities to make subgrants to local boards and one-stop operators to address the economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. (2) Grant amounts The Secretary shall make each such grant in an amount that is not less than $500,000, and not more than $5,000,000, for a fiscal year. (c) Grant applications (1) In general An eligible entity applying for a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may reasonably require, including the information described in this subsection. (2) Significant impact on community by opioid abuse and substance use disorder-related problems (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application information that demonstrates significant impact on the community by problems related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder, by— (i) identifying the communities, regions, or local areas that will be served through the grant (each referred to in this section as a service area ); and (ii) showing, for each such service area, an increase equal to or greater than the national increase in such problems, between— (I) 1999; and (II) 2016 or the latest year for which data are available. (B) Information In making the showing described in subparagraph (A)(ii), the eligible entity may use information including data on— (i) the incidence or prevalence of opioid abuse and other substance use disorders; (ii) the per capita drug overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (iii) the rate of non-fatal hospitalizations related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; or (iv) the number of arrests or convictions, or a relevant law enforcement statistic, that reasonably shows an increase in opioid abuse or another substance use disorder. (C) Support for State strategy The eligible entity shall also include in the application information describing how the proposed services and activities support the State’s strategy for addressing problems described in subparagraph (A) in specific regions or across the State, outlaying area, or Tribal entity. (3) Economic and employment conditions demonstrate additional Federal support needed (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application information that demonstrates that a high rate of a substance use disorder has caused, or is coincident to, an economic or employment downturn in the service area. (B) Information In making the demonstration described in subparagraph (A), the eligible entity may use information including— (i) documentation of any layoff, announced future layoff, legacy industry decline, decrease in an employment or labor market participation rate, or economic impact, whether or not the result described in this clause is overtly related to a high rate of a substance use disorder; (ii) documentation showing decreased economic activity related to, caused by, or contributing to a high rate of a substance use disorder, including a description of how the service area has been impacted, or will be impacted, by such a decrease; (iii) in particular, information on economic indicators, labor market analyses, information from public announcements, and demographic and industry data; (iv) information on rapid response activities (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 )) that have been or will be conducted, including demographic data gathered by employer or worker surveys or through other methods; (v) data or documentation, beyond anecdotal evidence, showing that employers face challenges filling job vacancies due to a lack of skilled workers able to pass a drug test; or (vi) any additional relevant data or information on the economy, workforce, or another aspect of the service area to support the application. (4) Workforce shortage related to treatment workforce (A) In general An eligible entity may include in the application a demonstration of the workforce shortage in a professional area to be addressed under the grant. Such professional areas may include— (i) substance use disorder treatment and related services; (ii) non-opioid pain therapy and pain management services; or (iii) mental health care treatment services. (B) Information to be included An eligible entity demonstrating a workforce shortage under subparagraph (A) shall demonstrate the workforce shortage through information that may include— (i) the distance between— (I) communities affected by opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; and (II) facilities or professionals offering services in the professional area; (ii) the maximum capacity of facilities or professionals to serve individuals in an affected community, or increases in arrests related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder, overdose deaths, or nonfatal overdose emergencies in the community; or (iii) other information that can demonstrate such a shortage. (d) Subgrant authorization and application process (1) Subgrants authorized (A) In general An eligible entity receiving a grant under subsection (b)— (i) may use not more than 5 percent of the grant funds for the administrative costs of carrying out the grant; and (ii) shall use the remaining grant funds to make subgrants to local entities in the area served by the eligible entity to carry out the services and activities described in subsection (e). (B) Geographic distribution In making subgrants under this subsection, an eligible entity shall ensure, to the extent practicable, the equitable geographic distribution (such as urban and rural distribution) of areas receiving subgrant funds. (2) Subgrant application (A) In general A local entity desiring to receive a subgrant under this subsection shall submit an application at such time and in such and manner as the eligible entity may reasonably require, including the information described in this paragraph. (B) Contents Each application described in subparagraph (A) shall include an analysis of the estimated performance of the local entity in carrying out the proposed services and activities under the subgrant that— (i) uses primary indicators of performance described in section 116(c)(1)(A)(i) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141(c)(1)(A)(i) ), to assess estimated effectiveness of the proposed services and activities, including the estimated number of individuals with a substance use disorder who may be served by the proposed services and activities; (ii) analyzes the record of the local entity in serving individuals with a barrier to employment; and (iii) analyzes the ability of the local entity to establish the partnership described in subsection (e)(1). (C) Analysis The analysis described in subparagraph (B) may include or utilize— (i) data from the National Center for Health Statistics of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (ii) data from the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; (iii) State vital statistics; (iv) municipal police department records; (v) reports from local coroners; or (vi) other relevant data. (e) Subgrant services and activities (1) Formation of partnership (A) In general Each local entity that receives a subgrant under subsection (d) shall form a partnership, established through a written contract or other agreement, with members described in subparagraph (B), and shall carry out the services and activities described in this subsection through the partnership. (B) Members of the partnership A partnership described in subparagraph (A) shall include 1 or more of the following: (i) The eligible entity. (ii) A treatment provider. (iii) An employer or industry organization. (iv) An education provider. (v) A justice or law enforcement organization. (vi) A faith-based or community-based organization. (vii) Other State or local agencies. (viii) Other organizations, as determined to be necessary by the local entity. (2) Selection of Population to be served A participating partnership shall elect to provide services and activities under the subgrant to one or both of the following populations of workers: (A) Workers, including dislocated workers, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), who are directly or indirectly affected by a high rate of a substance use disorder and each of whom is— (i) an individual who voluntarily confirms that the individual, or a friend or family member of the individual, has a history of opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; or (ii) an individual who works or resides in a community substantially impacted by a high rate of a substance use disorder or can otherwise demonstrate job loss as a result of a high rate of a substance use disorder. (B) Workers, including dislocated workers, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), who— (i) seek to transition to professions that support individuals struggling with a substance use disorder or at risk for developing such disorder, such as professions that provide— (I) substance use disorder treatment and related services; (II) peer recovery support services described in subsection (a)(12)(C)(i); (III) non-opioid pain therapy and pain management services; or (IV) mental health care; and (ii) need new or upgraded skills to better serve such a population of struggling or at-risk individuals. (3) Services and activities Each participating partnership shall use funds available through a subgrant under this subsection to carry out 1 or more of the following: (A) Engaging employers Engaging with employers to— (i) learn about the skill and hiring requirements of employers; (ii) learn about the support needed by employers to hire and retain program participants, and other individuals with a substance use disorder, and the support needed by such employers to obtain their commitment to testing creative solutions to employing program participants and such individuals; (iii) connect employers and workers to on-the-job or customized training programs before or after layoff to help facilitate reemployment; (iv) connect employers with an education provider to develop classroom instruction to complement on-the-job learning for program participants and such individuals; (v) help employers develop the curriculum design of a work-based learning program for program participants and such individuals; or (vi) help employers employ program participants or such individuals engaging in a work-based learning program for a transitional period before hiring such a program participant or individual for full-time employment of not less than 30 hours a week. (B) Screening services Providing screening services, which may include— (i) using an evidence-based screening method to screen each individual seeking participation in the pilot program to determine whether the individual has a substance use disorder; (ii) conducting an assessment of each such individual to determine the services needed for such individual to obtain or retain employment, including an assessment of strengths and general work readiness; and (iii) accepting walk-ins or referrals from employers, labor organizations, or other entities recommending individuals to participate in such program. (C) Individual treatment and employment plan Developing an individual treatment and employment plan for each program participant, which shall include providing a case manager to work with each participant to develop the plan, which may include— (i) identifying employment and career goals; (ii) exploring career pathways that lead to in-demand industries and sectors as determined by the State board and the head of the State workforce agency; (iii) setting appropriate achievement objectives to attain the employment and career goals identified under clause (i); or (iv) developing the appropriate combination of services to enable the participant to achieve the employment and career goals. (D) Outpatient treatment and recovery care In the case of a participating partnership serving program participants described in paragraph (2)(A)(i) with a substance use disorder, providing individualized and group outpatient treatment and recovery services for such program participants that are offered during the day and evening, and on weekends. Such treatment and recovery services— (i) shall be based on a model that utilizes combined behavioral interventions and other evidence-based or evidence-informed interventions; and (ii) may include additional services such as— (I) health, mental health, addiction, or other forms of outpatient treatment that may impact a substance use disorder and co-occurring conditions; (II) drug testing for a current substance use disorder prior to enrollment in career or training services or prior to employment; (III) linkages to community services, including services offered by partner organizations designed to support program participants; and (IV) referrals to health care, including referrals to substance use disorder treatment and mental health services. (E) Supportive services Providing supportive services, which shall include services such as— (i) coordinated wraparound services to provide maximum support for program participants to ensure that the program participants maintain employment and recovery for not less than 12 months, as appropriate; (ii) assistance in establishing eligibility for assistance under Federal, State, and local programs providing health services, mental health services, housing services, transportation services, or social services; (iii) peer recovery support services described in subsection (a)(12)(C)(i); (iv) networking and mentorship opportunities; or (v) any supportive services determined necessary by the local entity. (F) Career and job training services Offering career services and training services, and related services, concurrently or sequentially with the services provided under subparagraphs (B) through (E). Such services shall include the following: (i) Services provided to program participants who are in a pre-employment stage of the program. Such services may include— (I) initial education and skills assessments; (II) traditional classroom training funded through individual training accounts under chapter 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3171 et seq.); (III) services to promote employability skills such as punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct; (IV) in-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and to develop individual employment plans; (V) career planning that includes— (aa) career pathways leading to in-demand, high-wage jobs; and (bb) job coaching, job matching, and job placement services; (VI) provision of payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications; or (VII) any other appropriate career service or training service described in section 134(c) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3174(c) ). (ii) Services provided to program participants during their first 6 months of employment to ensure job retention, which may include— (I) case management and support services, including a continuation of the services described in clause (i); (II) a continuation of skills training, and career and technical education, described in clause (i) that is conducted in collaboration with the employers of such participants; (III) mentorship services and job retention support for such participants; or (IV) targeted training for managers and workers working with such participants (such as mentors), and human resource representatives in the business in which such participants are employed. (iii) Services to assist program participants in maintaining employment for not less than 12 months, as appropriate. (G) Proven and promising practices Leading efforts in the service area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers and program participants. (4) Limitations A participating partnership may not use— (A) more than 5 percent of the funds received under a subgrant under subsection (d) for the administrative costs of the partnership; (B) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of treatment and recovery services, as described in paragraph (3)(D); or (C) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of supportive services described in paragraph (3)(E) to program participants. (f) Performance accountability (1) Reports The Secretary shall establish quarterly reporting requirements for recipients of grants and subgrants under this section that, to the extent practicable, are based on the performance accountability system under section 116 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141 ), including the indicators described in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i) of such section and the requirements for local area performance reports under subsection (d) of such section. (2) Evaluations (A) Authority to enter into agreements The Secretary shall ensure that an independent evaluation is conducted on the pilot program carried out under this section to determine the impact of the program on employment of individuals with substance use disorders. The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with eligible entities receiving grants under this section to pay for all or part of such evaluation. (B) Methodologies to be used The independent evaluation required under this paragraph shall use experimental designs using random assignment or, when random assignment is not feasible, other reliable, evidence-based research methodologies that allow for the strongest possible causal inferences. (g) Funding (1) Covered fiscal year In this subsection, the term covered fiscal year means any of fiscal years 2018 through 2023. (2) Using funding for national dislocated worker grants Subject to paragraph (4) and notwithstanding section 132(a)(2)(A) and subtitle D of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3172(a)(2)(A) , 3221 et seq.) or any other provision of law, the Secretary may use, to carry out the pilot program under this section for a covered fiscal year— (A) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3225 ) for that fiscal year; (B) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act that remain available for that fiscal year; and (C) funds that remain available under section 172(f) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3227(f) ). (3) Availability of funds Funds appropriated under section 136(c) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3181(c) ) and made available to carry out section 170 of such Act for a fiscal year shall remain available for use under paragraph (2) for a subsequent fiscal year until expended. (4) Limitation The Secretary may not use more than $100,000,000 of the funds described in paragraph (2) for any covered fiscal year under this section. 408. Youth prevention and recovery (a) Substance abuse treatment services for children, adolescents, and young adults Section 514 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–7 ) is amended— (1) in the section heading, by striking children and adolescents and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults ; (2) in subsection (a)(2), by striking children, including and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults, including ; and (3) by striking children and adolescents each place it appears and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults . (b) Youth prevention and recovery initiative (1) Definitions In this subsection: (A) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (i) a local educational agency that is seeking to establish or expand substance use prevention and recovery support services at one or more high schools; (ii) an institution of higher education; (iii) a recovery program at an institution of higher education; (iv) a local board or one-stop operator; or (v) a nonprofit organization, excluding a school. (B) High school The term high school has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (C) Institution of higher education The term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ) and includes a postsecondary vocational institution as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (D) Local education agency The term local educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. (E) Local board; one-stop operator The terms local board and one-stop operator have the meanings given such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (F) Recovery program The term recovery program means a program— (i) to help children, adolescents, or young adults who are recovering from substance use disorders to initiate, stabilize, and maintain healthy and productive lives in the community; and (ii) that includes peer-to-peer support delivered by individuals with lived experience in recovery, and communal activities to build recovery skills and supportive social networks. (G) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, except as otherwise specified. (2) Best practices The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall— (A) identify or facilitate the development of evidence-based best practices for prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, for appropriate recovery support services, and for appropriate use of medication-assisted treatment for such individuals, if applicable; (B) disseminate such best practices to local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, recovery programs at institutions of higher education, local boards, one-stop operators, and nonprofit organizations, as appropriate; (C) conduct a rigorous, independent evaluation of each grant funded under this subsection, particularly its impact on the indicators described in paragraph (5)(B); and (D) provide technical assistance for grantees under this subsection. (3) Grants authorized The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall award 3-year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities, in coordination with State agencies responsible for carrying out substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs, to carry out evidence-based or promising programs for— (A) prevention of substance abuse and misuse by children, adolescents, and young adults; (B) recovery support services for children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include counseling, job training, linkages to community-based services, family support groups, and recovery coaching; and (C) treatment or referrals for treatment of substance use disorders, as appropriate. (4) Application To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (A) a description of the impact of substance use disorders on children, adolescents, and young adults enrolled in the local educational agency, one-stop operator, local board, or institution of higher education; (B) a description of how the eligible entity has solicited input from faculty, teachers, staff, families, students, and experts in substance use prevention and treatment in developing such application; (C) how the eligible entity plans to use grant funds for evidence-based or promising activities, in accordance with this subsection to prevent, provide recovery support for, and treat substance use disorders amongst such individuals; (D) an assurance that the eligible entity will participate in the evaluation described in paragraph (2)(C); and (E) a description of how the eligible entity will collaborate with local service providers, including substance use disorder treatment programs, providers of mental health services, and primary care providers, in carrying out the grant program. (5) Report Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress, a report at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such report shall include— (A) a description of how the eligible entity used grant funds, in accordance with this subsection, including the number of children, adolescents, and young adults reached through programming; and (B) a description of how the grant program has made an impact on— (i) indicators of student success, including student well-being and academic achievement; and (ii) substance use disorders amongst children, adolescents, and young adults, including the number of overdoses and deaths amongst children, adolescents, and young adults during the grant period. (6) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out this subsection. 409. Plans of safe care (a) In general Section 105(a) of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5106(a) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (7) Grants to States to improve and coordinate their response to ensure the safety, permanency, and well-being of infants affected by substance use (A) Program authorized The Secretary shall make grants to States for the purpose of assisting child welfare agencies, social services agencies, substance use disorder treatment agencies, public health and mental health agencies, and maternal and child health agencies to facilitate collaboration in developing, updating, and implementing plans of safe care described in section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii). (B) Distribution of funds (i) Reservations Of the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (H), the Secretary shall reserve— (I) no more than 3 percent for the purposes described in subparagraph (G); and (II) up to 3 percent for grants to Indian Tribes and tribal organizations for purposes consistent with this section, as the Secretary determines appropriate. (ii) Allotments to States and territories The Secretary shall allot the amount appropriated under subparagraph (H) that remains after application of clause (i) on a competitive basis to States that apply for such a grant. (iii) Selection criteria The Secretary shall allot funds to States that demonstrate a strong need for such funds, and a strong commitment to using such funds, to meet the purposes described in subparagraph (A) in accordance with subparagraph (D). (C) Application A State desiring a grant under this paragraph shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (i) a description of— (I) the impact of substance use disorder in such State, including with respect to the substance or class of substances with the highest incidence of abuse in the previous year in such State, including— (aa) the prevalence of substance use disorder in such State; (bb) the aggregate rate of births in the State of infants affected by substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (as determined by hospitals, insurance claims, claims submitted to the State Medicaid program, or other records), if available and to the extent practicable; and (cc) the number of infants identified, for whom a plan of safe care was developed, and for whom a referral was made for appropriate services, as reported under section 106(d)(18); (II) the challenges the State faces in developing and implementing plans of safe care in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); (III) the State’s lead agency for the grant program and how that agency will coordinate with relevant State entities and programs, including the child welfare agency, the substance use disorder treatment agency, the public health and mental health agencies, programs funded by the Residential Treatment for Pregnant and Postpartum Women grant program of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration under section 508 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–1 ), the State Medicaid program, the State agency administering the block grant program under title V of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), the State agency administering the programs funded under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.), the maternal, infant, and early childhood home visiting program under section 511 of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 711 ), the State judicial system, and other agencies, as determined by the Secretary; (IV) how the State will monitor local implementation of plans of safe care, in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(II); (V) how the State meets the requirements of section 1927 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–27 ); (VI) how the State plans to utilize funding authorized under part E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 670 et seq.) to assist in carrying out any plan of safe care, including such funding authorized under section 471(e) of such Act (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for mental health and substance abuse prevention and treatment services and in-home parent skill-based programs and funding authorized under such section 472(j) (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for children with a parent in a licensed residential family-based treatment facility for substance abuse; and (VII) an assessment of the treatment and other services and programs available in the State, to effectively carry out any plan of safe care developed, including identification of needed treatment, and other services and programs to ensure the wellbeing of young children and their families affected by substance use disorder, such as programs carried out under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and comprehensive early childhood development services and programs such as Head Start programs; (ii) a description of how the State plans to use funds for activities described in subparagraph (D) for the purposes of ensuring State compliance with requirements under clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B); and (iii) an assurance that the State will— (I) comply with this Act and parts B and E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 621 et seq., 670 et seq.); and (II) comply with requirements to refer a child identified as substance-exposed to early intervention services as required pursuant to a grant under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.). (D) Uses of funds Funds awarded to a State under this paragraph may be used for the following activities, which may be carried out by the State directly, or through grants or subgrants, contracts, or cooperative agreements: (i) Improving State and local systems with respect to the development and implementation of plans of safe care, which— (I) shall include parent and caregiver engagement, as required under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(I), regarding available treatment and service options, which may include resources available for pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women; and (II) may include activities such as— (aa) developing policies, procedures, or protocols for the administration of evidence-based and validated screening tools for infants who may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder; (bb) improving assessments used to determine the needs of the infant and family; (cc) improving ongoing case management services; and (dd) improving access to treatment services, which may be prior to the pregnant woman’s delivery date. (ii) Developing policies, procedures, or protocols in consultation and coordination with health professionals, public and private health facilities, and substance use disorder treatment agencies to ensure that— (I) appropriate notification to child protective services is made in a timely manner; (II) a plan of safe care is in place, where needed, before the infant is discharged from the birth or health care facility; and (III) such health and related agency professionals are trained on how to follow such protocols and are aware of the supports that may be provided under a plan of safe care. (iii) Training health professionals and health system leaders, child welfare workers, substance use disorder treatment agencies, and other related professionals such as home visiting agency staff and law enforcement in relevant topics including— (I) State mandatory reporting laws and the referral and notification process; (II) the co-occurrence of pregnancy and substance use disorder; (III) the clinical guidance about treating substance use disorder in pregnant and postpartum women; (IV) appropriate screening and interventions for infants affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and the requirements under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); and (V) appropriate strategies to address the mental health needs of the parent and child together. (iv) Establishing partnerships, agreements, or memoranda of understanding between the lead agency and health professionals, health facilities, child welfare professionals, substance use disorder and mental health disorder treatment programs, early childhood education programs, and maternal and child health and early intervention professionals, including home visiting providers, peer-to-peer recovery programs such as parent mentoring programs, and housing agencies to facilitate the implementation of, and compliance with section 106(b)(2) and clause (ii) of this subparagraph, in areas which may include— (I) developing a comprehensive, multi-disciplinary assessment and intervention process for infants and their families who are affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, that includes meaningful engagement with and takes into account the unique needs of each family and addresses differences between legal, medically supervised substance use, and substance use disorder; (II) ensuring that treatment approaches for serving infants, pregnant women, and perinatal and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, are designed to, where appropriate, keep infants with their mothers during both inpatient and outpatient treatment; and (III) increasing access to evidence-based medication-assisted treatment approved by the Food and Drug Administration, behavioral therapy, and counseling services for the treatment of substance use disorders, as appropriate. (v) Developing and updating systems of technology for improved data collection and monitoring under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii), including existing electronic medical records, to measure the outcomes achieved through the plans of safe care, including monitoring systems to meet the requirements of this Act and submission of performance measures. (E) Reporting Each State that receives funds under this paragraph, for each year such funds are received, shall submit a report to the Secretary, disaggregated by geographic location, economic status, and major racial and ethnic groups, except that such disaggregation shall not be required if the results would reveal personally identifiable information, on the following: (i) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced removal due to parental substance use concerns who are reunified with parents, and the length of time between such removal and reunification. (ii) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced substantiated reports of child abuse or neglect and received differential response while in the care of their birth parents or within 1 year after a reunification has occurred. (iii) The number of the infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii) who experienced a return to out-of-home care within one year after reunification. (F) Secretary’s report to congress The Secretary shall submit an annual report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives that includes the information described in subparagraph (E) and recommendations or observations on the challenges, successes, and lessons derived from implementation of the grant program. (G) Reservation of funds The Secretary shall use the amount reserved under subparagraph (B)(i)(I) for the purposes of— (i) providing technical assistance, including programs of in-depth technical assistance, to additional States, territories, and Indian tribes in accordance with the substance-exposed infant initiative developed by the National Center on Substance Abuse and Child Welfare; (ii) issuing guidance on the requirements of this Act with respect to infants born with and identified as being affected by substance use or withdrawal symptoms or fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, as described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B), including by— (I) clarifying key terms; and (II) disseminating best practices on implementation of plans of safe care, on such topics as differential response, collaboration and coordination, and identification and delivery of services, for different populations; (iii) supporting State efforts to develop information technology systems to manage plans of safe care; and (iv) preparing the Secretary’s report to Congress described in subparagraph (F). (H) Authorization of appropriations To carry out the program under this paragraph, there are authorized to be appropriated $60,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. . (b) Definition Section 3 of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5101 note) is amended— (1) in paragraph (7), by striking ; and and inserting a semicolon; (2) by redesignating paragraph (8) as paragraph (9); and (3) by inserting after paragraph (7) the following: (8) the term substance use disorder means the abuse of alcohol or other drugs; and . 410. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine Section 311(h) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 831(h) ) is amended by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following: (2) Regulations (A) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , in consultation with the Secretary, and in accordance with the procedure described in subparagraph (B), the Attorney General shall promulgate final regulations specifying— (i) the limited circumstances in which a special registration under this subsection may be issued; and (ii) the procedure for obtaining a special registration under this subsection. (B) Procedure In promulgating final regulations under subparagraph (A), the Attorney General shall— (i) issue a notice of proposed rulemaking that includes a copy of the proposed regulations; (ii) provide a period of not less than 60 days for comments on the proposed regulations; (iii) finalize the proposed regulation not later than 6 months after the close of the comment period; and (iv) publish the final regulations not later than 30 days before the effective date of the final regulations. . 411. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings Subpart III of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254 l et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 338N. Behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings (a) Schools and community-Based settings An entity to which a Corps member is assigned under section 333 may direct such Corps member to provide service as a behavioral and mental health professional at a school or other community-based setting located in a health professional shortage area. (b) Obligated service (1) In general Any service described in subsection (a) that a Corps member provides may count towards such Corps member's completion of any obligated service requirements under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, subject to any limitation imposed under paragraph (2). (2) Limitation The Secretary may impose a limitation on the number of hours of service described in subsection (a) that a Corps member may credit towards completing obligated service requirements, provided that the limitation allows a member to credit service described in subsection (a) for not less than 50 percent of the total hours required to complete such obligated service requirements. (c) Rule of construction The authorization under subsection (a) shall be notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart or subpart II. . 412. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers (a) Loan repayment for substance use treatment providers The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ) shall enter into contracts under section 338B of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254l–1 ) with eligible health professionals providing substance use disorder treatment services in substance use disorder treatment facilities, as defined by the Secretary. (b) Provision of substance use disorder treatment In carrying out the activities described in subsection (a)— (1) such facilities shall be located in mental health professional shortage areas designated under section 332 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254e ); (2) section 331(a)(3)(D) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(D) ) shall be applied as if the term primary health services includes health services regarding substance use disorder treatment; (3) section 331(a)(3)(E)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(E)(i) ) shall be applied as if the term behavioral and mental health professionals includes masters level, licensed substance use disorder treatment counselors; and (4) such professionals and facilities shall provide— (A) counseling by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor progress; and (B) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders. (c) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 413. Improving treatment for pregnant and postpartum women (a) Report (1) In general Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary ) shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress and make available to the public on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services a report regarding the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy relating to prenatal opioid use, including neonatal abstinence syndrome, developed pursuant to section 2 of the Protecting Our Infants Act of 2015 ( Public Law 114–91 ). Such report shall include— (A) an update on the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy, including information regarding the agencies involved in the implementation; and (B) information on additional funding or authority the Secretary requires, if any, to implement the strategy, which may include authorities needed to coordinate implementation of such strategy across the Department of Health and Human Services. (2) Periodic updates The Secretary shall periodically update the report under paragraph (1). (b) Residential treatment programs for pregnant and postpartum women Section 508(s) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–1(s) ) is amended by striking $16,900,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $29,931,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 414. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants (a) Development of educational materials by Center for Substance Abuse Prevention Section 515(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–21(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, develop educational materials for clinicians to use with pregnant women for shared decisionmaking regarding pain management during pregnancy. . (b) Guidelines and recommendations by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with the Secretary, implement and disseminate, as appropriate, the recommendations in the report entitled Protecting Our Infants Act: Final Strategy issued by the Department of Health and Human Services in 2017; and . (c) Support of partnerships by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ), as amended by subsection (b), is further amended by adding at the end the following: (16) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders, support public-private partnerships to assist with education about, and support with respect to, substance use disorder for pregnant women and health care providers who treat pregnant women and babies. . V Prevention 501. Study on prescribing limits Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on the impact of Federal and State laws and regulations that limit the length, quantity, or dosage of opioid prescriptions. Such report shall address— (1) the impact of such limits on— (A) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to prescription opioids; (B) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to illicit opioids; (C) the prevalence of opioid use disorders; and (D) medically appropriate use of, and access to, opioids, including any impact on travel expenses and pain management outcomes for patients, whether such limits are associated with significantly higher rates of negative health outcomes, including suicide, and whether the impact of such limits differs based on clinical indication for which opioids are prescribed; (2) whether such limits lead to a significant increase in burden for prescribers of opioids or prescribers of treatments for opioid use disorder, including any impact on patient access to treatment, and whether any such burden is mitigated by any factors such as electronic prescribing; and (3) the impact of such limits on diversion or misuse of any controlled substance in schedule II, III, or IV of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 812(c) ). 502. Programs for health care workforce (a) Program for education and training in pain care Section 759 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294i ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a), by inserting nonprofit after private ; (2) in subsection (b)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking award may be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant for the award agrees that the program carried out with the award will include and inserting entity receiving an award under this section shall develop a comprehensive education and training plan that includes ; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting preventing, after diagnosing, ; and (ii) by inserting non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments and after including ; (C) in paragraph (2)— (i) by inserting Federal, State, and local after applicable ; and (ii) by striking the degree to which and all that follows through effective pain care and inserting opioids ; (D) in paragraph (3), by inserting and, as appropriate, non-pharmacotherapy before the semicolon; (E) in paragraph (4)— (i) by inserting any before cultural ; and (ii) by striking ; and and inserting ; ; (F) in paragraph (5), by striking provision of pain care. and inserting scientific basis of pain and the provision of pain care, including through non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments; and ; and (G) by adding at the end the following: (6) the dangers of opioid abuse, detection of early warning signs of opioid use disorders, and safe disposal options for prescription medications, including such options provided by law enforcement, or other innovative deactivation mechanisms. ; (3) in subsection (d), by inserting prevention, after diagnosis, ; and (4) in subsection (e), by striking 2010 through 2012 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . (b) Mental and behavioral health education and training program Section 756(a) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294e–1(a) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting , trauma, after focus on child and adolescent mental health ; and (2) in paragraphs (2) and (3), by inserting trauma-informed care and before substance use disorder prevention and treatment services . 503. Education and awareness campaigns Section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 ( Public Law 114–198 ) is amended— (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows: (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in coordination with the heads of other departments and agencies, shall advance education and awareness regarding the risks related to misuse and abuse of opioids, as appropriate, which may include developing or improving existing programs, conducting activities, and awarding grants that advance the education and awareness of— (1) the public, including patients and consumers; (2) patients, consumers, and other appropriate members of the public, regarding such risks related to unused opioids and the dispensing options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; (3) providers, which may include— (A) providing for continuing education on appropriate prescribing practices; (B) education related to applicable State or local prescriber limit laws, information on the use of non-addictive or non-opioid alternatives for pain management, and the use of overdose reversal drugs, as appropriate; (C) disseminating and improving the use of evidence-based opioid prescribing guidelines across relevant health care settings, as appropriate, and updating guidelines as necessary; (D) implementing strategies, such as best practices, to encourage and facilitate the use of prescriber guidelines, in accordance with State and local law; and (E) disseminating information to providers about prescribing options for controlled substances, including such options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; and (4) other appropriate entities. ; and (2) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking opioid abuse each place such term appears and inserting opioid misuse and abuse ; and (B) in paragraph (2), by striking safe disposal of prescription medications and other and inserting non-addictive or non-opioid treatment options, safe disposal options for prescription medications, and other applicable . 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after section 392 ( 42 U.S.C. 280b–1 ) the following: 392A. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination (a) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (1) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in subsection (b); (2) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity; and (3) award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (b) Controlled substance overdose data collection and analysis activities A controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in this subsection is any of the following activities: (1) Improving the timeliness of reporting aggregate data to the public, including data on fatal and nonfatal controlled substance overdoses. (2) Enhancing the comprehensiveness of controlled substance overdose data by collecting information on such overdoses from appropriate sources such as toxicology reports, death scene investigations, and emergency department services. (3) Modernizing the system for coding causes of death related to controlled substance overdoses to use an electronic-based system. (4) Using data to help identify risk factors associated with controlled substance overdoses, including the delivery of certain health care services. (5) Supporting entities involved in reporting information on controlled substance overdoses, such as coroners and medical examiners, to improve accurate testing and reporting of causes and contributing factors of such overdoses, and analysis of various opioid analogues to controlled substances overdoses. (6) Working to enable and encourage the access, exchange, and use of data regarding controlled substances overdoses among data sources and entities. (c) Controlled substance defined In this section, the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act. . 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280b et seq.), as amended by section 504, is further amended by inserting after section 392A the following: 392B. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances (a) Prevention activities (1) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ), using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (A) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any prevention activity described in paragraph (2); (B) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes to carrying out any such activity; and (C) award grants to States, localities, and tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (2) Prevention activities A prevention activity described in this paragraph is an activity to improve the efficiency and use of a new or currently operating prescription drug monitoring program— (A) encouraging all authorized users (as specified by the State or other entity) to register with and use the program; (B) enabling such users to access any data updates in as close to real-time as practicable; (C) providing for a mechanism for the program to notify authorized users of any potential misuse or abuse of controlled substances and any detection of inappropriate prescribing practices relating to such substances; (D) encouraging the analysis of prescription drug monitoring data for purposes of providing de-identified, aggregate reports based on such analysis to State public health agencies, State licensing boards, and other appropriate State agencies, as permitted under applicable Federal and State law and the policies of the prescription drug monitoring program and not containing any protected health information, to prevent inappropriate prescribing, drug diversion, or abuse and misuse of controlled substances, and to facilitate better coordination among agencies; (E) enhancing interoperability between the program and any health information technology (including certified health information technology), including by integrating program data into such technology; (F) updating program capabilities to respond to technological innovation for purposes of appropriately addressing the occurrence and evolution of controlled substance overdoses; and (G) facilitating and encouraging data exchange between the program and the prescription drug monitoring programs of other States. (b) Additional grants The Director may award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes— (1) to carry out innovative projects for grantees to rapidly respond to controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses, including changes in patterns of controlled substance use; and (2) for any other evidence-based activity for preventing controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses as the Director determines appropriate. (c) Research The Director may conduct studies and evaluations to address substance use disorders, including preventing substance use disorders or other related topics the Director determines appropriate. (d) Public and prescriber education Pursuant to section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, the Director may advance the education and awareness of prescribers and the public regarding the risk of abuse of prescription opioids. (e) Controlled substance defined In this section, the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act. (f) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out this section, section 392A of this Act, and section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, there is authorized to be appropriated $486,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2024. . 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma (a) Data collection The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ) may, in cooperation with the States, collect and report data on adverse childhood experiences through the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, and other relevant public health surveys or questionnaires. (b) Timing The collection of data under subsection (a) may occur in fiscal year 2019 and every 2 years thereafter. (c) Data from tribal and rural areas The Director shall encourage each State that participates in collecting and reporting data under subsection (a) to collect and report data from tribal and rural areas within such State, in order to generate a statistically reliable representation of such areas. (d) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the period of fiscal years 2019 through 2021. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER Section 399O of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280g–3 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and inserting Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use Disorders ; and (B) by adding at the end the following: (4) States and local governments (A) In general In the case of a State that does not have a prescription drug monitoring program, a county or other unit of local government within the State that has a prescription drug monitoring program shall be treated as a State for purposes of this section, including for purposes of eligibility for grants under paragraph (1). (B) Plan for interoperability For purposes of meeting the interoperability requirements under subsection (c)(3), a county or other unit of local government shall submit a plan outlining the methods such county or unit of local government will use to ensure the capability of data sharing with other counties and units of local government within the State and with other States, as applicable. ; (2) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (1)(A)(iii)— (i) by inserting as such standards become available, after interoperability standards, ; and (ii) by striking generated or identified by the Secretary or his or her designee and inserting recognized by the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology ; and (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting including electronic health records, after technology systems, ; (3) in subsection (d)(1), by striking not later than 1 week after the date of such dispensing and inserting in as close to real time as practicable ; (4) in subsection (f)(1)(D), by striking medicaid and inserting Medicaid ; (5) in subsection (i), by inserting , in collaboration with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology and the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, after The Secretary ; and (6) in subsection (n), by striking 2021 and inserting 2026 . 508. Jessie’s Law (a) Best practices (1) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, including a patient with a history of opioid use disorder, an expert in electronic health records, an expert in the confidentiality of patient health information and records, and a health care provider, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices regarding— (A) the circumstances under which information that a patient has provided to a health care provider regarding such patient’s history of opioid use disorder should, only at the patient’s request, be prominently displayed in the medical records (including electronic health records) of such patient; (B) what constitutes the patient’s request for the purpose described in subparagraph (A); and (C) the process and methods by which the information should be so displayed. (2) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices developed under paragraph (1) to health care providers and State agencies. (b) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), as applicable, the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider the following: (1) The potential for addiction relapse or overdose, including overdose death, when opioid medications are prescribed to a patient recovering from opioid use disorder. (2) The benefits of displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder history in a manner similar to other potentially lethal medical concerns, including drug allergies and contraindications. (3) The importance of prominently displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder when a physician or medical professional is prescribing medication, including methods for avoiding alert fatigue in providers. (4) The importance of a variety of appropriate medical professionals, including physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, having access to information described in this section when prescribing or dispensing opioid medication, consistent with Federal and State laws and regulations. (5) The importance of protecting patient privacy, including the requirements related to consent for disclosure of substance use disorder information under all applicable laws and regulations. (6) All applicable Federal and State laws and regulations. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records (a) Initial programs and materials Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary ), in consultation with appropriate experts, shall identify the following model programs and materials (or if no such programs or materials exist, recognize private or public entities to develop and disseminate such programs and materials): (1) Model programs and materials for training health care providers (including physicians, emergency medical personnel, psychiatrists, psychologists, counselors, therapists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, behavioral health facilities and clinics, care managers, and hospitals, including individuals such as general counsels or regulatory compliance staff who are responsible for establishing provider privacy policies) concerning the permitted uses and disclosures, consistent with the standards and regulations governing the privacy and security of substance use disorder patient records promulgated by the Secretary under section 543 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290dd–2 ) for the confidentiality of patient records. (2) Model programs and materials for training patients and their families regarding their rights to protect and obtain information under the standards and regulations described in paragraph (1). (b) Requirements The model programs and materials described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall address circumstances under which disclosure of substance use disorder patient records is needed to— (1) facilitate communication between substance use disorder treatment providers and other health care providers to promote and provide the best possible integrated care; (2) avoid inappropriate prescribing that can lead to dangerous drug interactions, overdose, or relapse; and (3) notify and involve families and caregivers when individuals experience an overdose. (c) Periodic updates The Secretary shall— (1) periodically review and update the model program and materials identified or developed under subsection (a); and (2) disseminate such updated programs and materials to the individuals described in subsection (a)(1). (d) Input of certain entities In identifying, reviewing, or updating the model programs and materials under this section, the Secretary shall solicit the input of relevant stakeholders. (e) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 510. Communication with families during emergencies (a) Promoting Awareness of Authorized Disclosures during Emergencies The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall annually notify health care providers regarding permitted disclosures during emergencies, including overdoses, of certain health information to families and caregivers under Federal health care privacy laws and regulations. (b) Use of material For the purposes of carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services may use material produced under section 509 of this Act or under section 11004 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note). 511. Prenatal and postnatal health Section 317L of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–13 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows: (1) to collect, analyze, and make available data on prenatal smoking, alcohol and substance abuse and misuse, including— (A) data on— (i) the incidence, prevalence, and implications of such activities; and (ii) the incidence and prevalence of implications and outcomes, including neonatal abstinence syndrome and other outcomes associated with such activities; and (B) to inform such analysis, additional information or data on family health history, medication exposures during pregnancy, demographic information, such as race, ethnicity, geographic location, and family history, and other relevant information, as appropriate; ; (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) by striking prevention of and inserting prevention and long-term outcomes associated with ; and (ii) by striking illegal drug use and inserting substance abuse and misuse ; (C) in paragraph (3), by striking and cessation programs; and and inserting , treatment, and cessation programs; ; (D) in paragraph (4), by striking illegal drug use. and inserting substance abuse and misuse; and ; and (E) by adding at the end the following: (5) to issue public reports on the analysis of data described in paragraph (1), including analysis of— (A) long-term outcomes of children affected by neonatal abstinence syndrome; (B) health outcomes associated with prenatal smoking, alcohol, and substance abuse and misuse; and (C) relevant studies, evaluations, or information the Secretary determines to be appropriate. ; (2) in subsection (b), by inserting tribal entities, after local governments, ; (3) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following: (c) Coordinating activities To carry out this section, the Secretary may— (1) provide technical and consultative assistance to entities receiving grants under subsection (b); (2) ensure a pathway for data sharing between States, tribal entities, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (3) ensure data collection under this section is consistent with applicable State, Federal, and Tribal privacy laws; and (4) coordinate with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, as appropriate, to assist States and tribes in implementing systems that use standards recognized by such National Coordinator, as such recognized standards are available, in order to facilitate interoperability between such systems and health information technology systems, including certified health information technology. ; and (5) in subsection (d), as so redesignated, by striking 2001 through 2005 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors Section 317N of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–15 ) is amended— (1) by amending the section heading to read as follows: Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with injection drug use and other risk factors ; (2) in subsection (a)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting activities before the colon; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting or maintaining after implementing ; (ii) by striking hepatitis C virus infection (in this section referred to as HCV infection ) and inserting infections commonly associated with injection drug use, including viral hepatitis and human immunodeficiency virus, ; and (iii) by striking such infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting such infections, which may include the reporting of cases of such infections. ; (C) in paragraph (2), by striking HCV infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections as a result of injection drug use, receiving blood transfusions prior to July 1992, or other risk factors. ; (D) in paragraphs (4) and (5), by striking HCV infection each place such term appears and inserting infections described in paragraph (1) ; and (E) in paragraph (5), by striking pediatricians and other primary care physicians, and obstetricians and gynecologists and inserting substance use disorder treatment providers, pediatricians, other primary care providers, and obstetrician-gynecologists ; (3) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking directly and and inserting directly or ; and (B) by striking hepatitis C, and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections described in subsection (a)(1). ; (4) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (5) by inserting after subsection (b) the following: (c) Definition In this section, the term injection drug use means— (1) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule I of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act; (2) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule II, III, IV, or V of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act that has not been approved for intravenous use under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or section 351 of the Public Health Service Act; or (3) intravenous administration of a substance in schedule II, III, IV, or V of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act that has not been prescribed to the person using the substance. ; and (6) in subsection (d), as so redesignated, by striking such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005 and inserting $40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support (a) Establishment There is established a task force, to be known as the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care (in this section referred to as the task force ) that shall identify, evaluate, and make recommendations regarding best practices with respect to children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (b) Membership (1) Composition The task force shall be composed of the heads of the following Federal departments and agencies, or their designees: (A) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. (B) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (C) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (D) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (E) The Indian Health Service. (F) The Department of Veterans Affairs. (G) The National Institutes of Health. (H) The Food and Drug Administration. (I) The Health Resources and Services Administration. (J) The Department of Defense. (K) The Office of Minority Health. (L) The Administration for Children and Families. (M) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation. (N) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Health and Human Services. (O) The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention of the Department of Justice. (P) The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services of the Department of Justice. (Q) The Office on Violence Against Women of the Department of Justice. (R) The National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance of the Department of Education. (S) The National Center for Special Education Research of the Institute of Education Science. (T) The Office of Elementary and Secondary Education of the Department of Education. (U) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Education. (V) The Office of Special Education and the Rehabilitative Services of the Department of Education. (W) the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior. (X) The Veterans Health Administration of the Department of Veterans Affairs. (Y) The Office of Special Needs Assistance Programs of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. (Z) The Office of Head Start of the Administration for Children and Families. (AA) The Children’s Bureau of the Administration for Children and Families. (BB) The Bureau of Indian Education of the Department of the Interior. (CC) Such other Federal agencies as the Secretaries determine to be appropriate. (2) Date of appointments The heads of Federal departments and agencies shall appoint the corresponding members of the task force not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act. (3) Chairperson The task force shall be chaired by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use. (c) Task force duties The task force shall— (1) solicit input from stakeholders, including frontline service providers, educators, mental health professionals, researchers, experts in infant, child, and youth trauma, child welfare professionals, and the public, in order to inform the activities under paragraph (2); and (2) identify, evaluate, make recommendations, and update such recommendations not less than annually, to the general public, the Secretary of Education, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress regarding— (A) a set of evidence-based, evidence-informed, and promising best practices with respect to— (i) the identification of infants, children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (ii) the expeditious referral to and implementation of trauma-informed practices and supports that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma; (B) a national strategy on how the task force and member agencies will collaborate, prioritize options for, and implement a coordinated approach which may include data sharing and the awarding of grants that support children and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (C) existing Federal authorities at the Department of Education, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Justice, Department of Labor, Department of Interior, and other relevant agencies, and specific Federal grant programs to disseminate best practices on, provide training in, or deliver services through, trauma-informed practices, and disseminate such information— (i) in writing to relevant program offices at such agencies to encourage grant applicants in writing to use such funds, where appropriate, for trauma-informed practices; and (ii) to the general public through the internet website of the task force. (d) Best practices In identifying, evaluating, and recommending the set of best practices under subsection (c), the task force shall— (1) include guidelines for providing professional development for front-line services providers, including school personnel, providers from child- or youth-serving organizations, primary and behavioral health care providers, child welfare and social services providers, family and juvenile court judges and attorneys, health care providers, individuals who are mandatory reporters of child abuse or neglect, trained nonclinical providers (including peer mentors and clergy), and first responders, in— (A) understanding and identifying early signs and risk factors of trauma in children and youth, and their families as appropriate, including through screening processes; (B) providing practices to prevent and mitigate the impact of trauma, including by fostering safe and stable environments and relationships; and (C) developing and implementing procedures or systems that— (i) are designed to quickly refer infants, children, youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma to the appropriate trauma-informed screening and support, including treatment appropriate to the age of the child, and to ensure such infants, children, youth, and family members receive such support; (ii) utilize and develop partnerships with local social services organizations, such as organizations serving youth, and clinical mental health or health care service providers with expertise in providing support services (including trauma-informed and evidence-based treatment appropriate to the age of the child) aimed at preventing or mitigating the effects of trauma; (iii) educate children and youth to— (I) understand and identify the signs, effects, or symptoms of trauma; and (II) build the resilience and coping skills to mitigate the effects of experiencing trauma; (iv) promote and support multi-generational practices that assist parents, foster parents, and kinship and other caregivers in accessing resources related to, and developing environments conducive to, the prevention and mitigation of trauma; and (v) collect and utilize data from screenings, referrals, or the provision of services and supports, conducted in the covered settings, to evaluate and improve processes for trauma-informed support and outcomes that are culturally sensitive, linguistically appropriate, and specific to age ranges and sex, as applicable; and (2) recommend best practices that are designed to avoid unwarranted custody loss or criminal penalties for parents or guardians in connection with infants, children, and youth who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (e) Operating plan Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the task force shall hold the first meeting. Not later than 2 years after such date of enactment, the task force shall submit to the Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and Congress an operating plan for carrying out the activities of the task force described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c). Such operating plan shall include— (1) a list of specific activities that the task force plans to carry out for purposes of carrying out duties described in subsection (c)(2), which may include public engagement; (2) a plan for carrying out the activities under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c); (3) a list of members of the task force and other individuals who are not members of the task force that may be consulted to carry out such activities; (4) an explanation of Federal agency involvement and coordination needed to carry out such activities, including any statutory or regulatory barriers to such coordination; (5) a budget for carrying out such activities; and (6) other information that the task force determines appropriate. (f) Final report Not later than 3 years after the date of the first meeting of the task force, the task force shall submit to the general public, Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress, a final report containing all of the findings and recommendations required under this section. (g) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2022. (h) Sunset The task force shall on the date that is 60 days after the submission of the final report under subsection (f), but not later than September 30, 2022. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings (a) Grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements authorized The Secretary, in coordination with the Director of Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, is authorized to award grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with, State educational agencies, local educational agencies, Head Start agencies (including Early Head Start agencies), State or local agencies that administer public preschool programs, Indian tribes or their tribal educational agencies, a school operated by the Bureau of Indian Education, a Regional Corporation (as defined in section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act ( 43 U.S.C. 1602 )), or a Native Hawaiian educational organization (as defined in section 6207 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7517 )), for the purpose of increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care by developing innovative initiatives, activities, or programs to link local school systems with local trauma-informed support and mental health systems, including those under the Indian Health Service. (b) Duration With respect to a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement awarded or entered into under this section, the period during which payments under such grant, contract or agreement are made to the recipient may not exceed 4 years. (c) Use of funds An entity that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall use amounts made available through such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for evidence-based or promising activities, which shall include any of the following: (1) Collaborative efforts between school-based service systems and trauma-informed support and mental health service systems to provide, develop, or improve prevention, screening, referral, and treatment services to students, such as by providing universal trauma screenings to identify students in need of specialized support. (2) To implement multi-tiered positive behavioral interventions and supports, or other trauma-informed models of support. (3) To provide professional development to teachers, teacher assistants, school leaders, specialized instructional support personnel, and mental health professionals that— (A) fosters safe and stable learning environments that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma, including through social and emotional learning; (B) improves school capacity to identify, refer, and provide services to students in need of trauma support or behavioral health services; or (C) reflects the best practices developed by the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care established under section 513. (4) Engaging families and communities in efforts to increase awareness of child and youth trauma, which may include sharing best practices with law enforcement regarding trauma-informed care and working with mental health professionals to provide interventions, as well as longer term coordinated care within the community for children and youth who have experienced trauma and their families. (5) To provide technical assistance to school systems and mental health agencies. (6) To evaluate the effectiveness of the program carried out under this section in increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care. (d) Applications To be eligible to receive a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity described in subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, which shall include the following: (1) A description of the program to be funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, including how such program will increase access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care for students, and, as applicable, the families of the students. (2) A description of how the program will provide linguistically appropriate and culturally competent services. (3) A description of how the program will support students and the school in improving the school climate in order to support an environment conducive to learning. (4) An assurance that— (A) persons providing services under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement are adequately trained to provide such services; and (B) teachers, school leaders, administrators, specialized instructional support personnel, representatives of local Indian tribes as appropriate, other school personnel, and parents or guardians of students participating in services under this section will be engaged and involved in the design and implementation of the services. (5) A description of how the applicant will support and integrate existing school-based services with the program in order to provide mental health services for students, as appropriate. (e) Interagency agreements (1) Designation of lead agency A recipient of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall designate a lead agency to direct the establishment of an interagency agreement among local educational agencies, juvenile justice authorities, mental health agencies, child welfare agencies, and other relevant entities in the State, in collaboration with local entities, such as Indian tribes. (2) Contents The interagency agreement shall ensure the provision of the services described in subsection (c), specifying with respect to each agency, authority, or entity— (A) the financial responsibility for the services; (B) the conditions and terms of responsibility for the services, including quality, accountability, and coordination of the services; and (C) the conditions and terms of reimbursement among the agencies, authorities, or entities that are parties to the interagency agreement, including procedures for dispute resolution. (f) Evaluation The Secretary shall reserve not to exceed 3 percent of the funds made available under subsection (l) for each fiscal year to— (1) conduct a rigorous, independent evaluation of the activities funded under this section; and (2) disseminate and promote the utilization of evidence-based practices regarding trauma support services and mental health care. (g) Distribution of awards The Secretary shall ensure that grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded or entered into under this section are equitably distributed among the geographical regions of the United States and among tribal, urban, suburban, and rural populations. (h) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed— (1) to prohibit an entity involved with a program carried out under this section from reporting a crime that is committed by a student to appropriate authorities; or (2) to prevent Federal, State, and tribal law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of Federal, tribal, and State law to crimes committed by a student. (i) Supplement, not supplant Any services provided through programs carried out under this section shall supplement, and not supplant, existing mental health services, including any special education and related services provided under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. (j) Consultation with Indian tribes In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall, in a timely manner, meaningfully consult, engage, and cooperate with Indian tribes and their representatives to ensure notice of eligibility. (k) Definitions In this section: (1) Elementary or secondary school The term elementary or secondary school means a public elementary and secondary school as such term is defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (2) Evidence-based The term evidence-based has the meaning given such term in section 8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)(i) ). (3) School leader The term school leader has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (4) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Education. (5) Specialized instructional support personnel The term specialized instructional support personnel has the meaning given such term in 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (l) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative Section 582(j) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290hh–1(j) ) is amended by striking $46,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022 and inserting $53,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 .

1. Short title; table of contents (a) Short title This Act may be cited as the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 . (b) Table of contents The table of contents of this Act is as follows: Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents. Sec. 2. Definitions. TITLE I—Reauthorization of Cures funding Sec. 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis. TITLE II—Research and innovation Sec. 201. Advancing cutting-edge research. Sec. 202. Pain research. TITLE III—Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety Sec. 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products. Sec. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities. Sec. 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity. Sec. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities. Sec. 305. Restricting entrance of illicit drugs. Sec. 306. First responder training. Sec. 307. Disposal of controlled substances of hospice patients. Sec. 308. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management. Sec. 309. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection or implantation. TITLE IV—Treatment and recovery Sec. 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers. Sec. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients. Sec. 403. Alternatives to opioids. Sec. 404. Building communities of recovery. Sec. 405. Peer support technical assistance center. Sec. 406. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction. Sec. 407. Grant program. Sec. 408. Allowing for more flexibility with respect to medication-assisted treatment for opioid use disorders. Sec. 409. National recovery housing best practices. Sec. 410. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis. Sec. 411. Youth prevention and recovery. Sec. 412. Plans of safe care. Sec. 413. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine. Sec. 414. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings. Sec. 415. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers. Sec. 416. Protecting moms and infants. Sec. 417. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants. Sec. 418. Report on investigations regarding parity in mental health and substance use disorder benefits. TITLE V—Prevention Sec. 501. Study on prescribing limits. Sec. 502. Programs for health care workforce. Sec. 503. Education and awareness campaigns. Sec. 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination. Sec. 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances. Sec. 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma. Sec. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER. Sec. 508. Jessie’s law. Sec. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records. Sec. 510. Communication with families during emergencies. Sec. 511. Prenatal and postnatal health. Sec. 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with illicit drug use and other risk factors. Sec. 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support. Sec. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings. Sec. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative. 2. Definitions In this Act— (1) the terms Indian tribe and tribal organization have the meanings given such terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act ( 25 U.S.C. 5304 ); and (2) the term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, unless otherwise specified. I Reauthorization of Cures funding 101. State response to the opioid abuse crisis (a) In general Section 1003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (c) and inserting subsection (h) to carry out the grant program described in subsection (b) ; and (B) by inserting and Indian tribes after States (2) by striking subsection (b); (3) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as subsections (b) through (d), respectively; (4) by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (j); (5) in subsection (b), as so redesignated— (A) in paragraph (1)— (i) in the paragraph heading, by inserting and Indian tribe after State (ii) by striking States for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and inserting States and Indian tribes for the purpose of addressing the opioid abuse crisis within such States and Indian tribes ; (iii) by inserting or Indian tribes after preference to States ; and (iv) by inserting before the period of the second sentence or other Indian tribes, as applicable ; (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking to a State ; (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking State ; (iii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting preventing diversion of controlled substances, after treatment programs, ; and (iv) in subparagraph (E), by striking as the State determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State and inserting as the State or Indian tribe determines appropriate, related to addressing the opioid abuse crisis within the State, including directing resources in accordance with local needs related to substance use disorders ; (6) in subsection (c), as so redesignated, by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; (7) in subsection (d), as so redesignated— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the authorization of appropriations under subsection (b) and inserting subsection (h) ; and (B) in paragraph (1), by striking subsection (c) and inserting subsection (b) ; and (8) by inserting after subsection (d), as so redesignated, the following: (e) Indian tribes (1) Definition For purposes of this section, the term Indian tribe has the meaning given such term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act ( 25 U.S.C. 5304 ). (2) Appropriate mechanisms The Secretary, in consultation with Indian tribes, shall identify and establish appropriate mechanisms for tribes to demonstrate or report the information as required under subsections (b), (c), and (d). (f) Report to Congress Not later than 1 year after the date on which amounts are first awarded after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , pursuant to subsection (b), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report summarizing the information provided to the Secretary in reports made pursuant to subsection (c), including the purposes for which grant funds are awarded under this section and the activities of such grant recipients. (g) Technical Assistance The Secretary, including through the Tribal Training and Technical Assistance Center of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, shall provide State agencies and Indian tribes, as applicable, with technical assistance concerning grant application and submission procedures under this section, award management activities, and enhancing outreach and direct support to rural and underserved communities and providers in addressing the opioid crisis. (h) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out the grant program under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2021, to remain available until expended. (i) Set aside Of the amounts made available for each fiscal year to award grants under subsection (b) for a fiscal year, 5 percent of such amount for such fiscal year shall be made available to Indian tribes, and up to 15 percent of such amount for such fiscal year may be set aside for States with the highest age-adjusted rate of drug overdose death based on the ordinal ranking of States according to the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. . (b) Conforming amendment Section 1004(c) of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended by striking , the FDA Innovation Account, or the Account For the State Response to the Opioid Abuse Crisis and inserting or the FDA Innovation Account . II Research and innovation 201. Advancing cutting-edge research Section 402(n)(1) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 282(n)(1) ) is amended— (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking or ; (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting ; or ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (C) high impact cutting-edge research that fosters scientific creativity and increases fundamental biological understanding leading to the prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of diseases and disorders, or research urgently required to respond to a public health threat. . 202. Pain research Section 409J(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 284q(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (5)— (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking and treatment of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain and inserting treatment, and management of pain and diseases and disorders associated with pain, including information on best practices for utilization of non-pharmacologic treatments, non-addictive medical products, and other drugs approved, or devices approved or cleared, by the Food and Drug Administration ; (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking on the symptoms and causes of pain; and inserting the following: “on— (i) the symptoms and causes of pain, including the identification of relevant biomarkers and screening models; (ii) the diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management of pain; and (iii) risk factors for, and early warning signs of, substance use disorders; and ; and (C) by striking subparagraphs (C) through (E) and inserting the following: (C) make recommendations to the Director of NIH— (i) to ensure that the activities of the National Institutes of Health and other Federal agencies are free of unnecessary duplication of effort; (ii) on how best to disseminate information on pain care; and (iii) on how to expand partnerships between public entities and private entities to expand collaborative, cross-cutting research. ; (2) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (7); and (3) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following: (6) Report The Director of NIH shall ensure that recommendations and actions taken by the Director with respect to the topics discussed at the meetings described in paragraph (4) are included in appropriate reports to Congress. . III Medical Products and Controlled Substances Safety 301. Clarifying FDA regulation of non-addictive pain products (a) Public Meetings Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall hold not less than one public meeting to address the challenges and barriers of developing non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, which may include— (1) the manner by which the Secretary may incorporate the risks of misuse and abuse of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 802 ) into the risk benefit assessments under subsections (d) and (e) of section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355 ), section 510(k) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360(k) ), or section 515(c) of such Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360e(c) ), as applicable; (2) the application of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )), use of real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), and use of patient experience data (consistent with section 569C of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 360bbb–8c )) for the development of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (3) the evidentiary standards and the development of opioid sparing data for inclusion in the labeling of medical products; and (4) the application of eligibility criteria under sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction. (b) Guidance Not less than one year after the public meetings are conducted under subsection (a) the Secretary shall issue one or more final guidance documents, or update existing guidance documents, to help address challenges to developing non-addictive medical products to treat pain or addiction. Such guidance documents shall include information regarding— (1) how the Food and Drug Administration may apply sections 506 and 515B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 356 , 360e–3) to non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction, including the circumstances under which the Secretary— (A) may apply the eligibility criteria under such sections 506 and 515B to non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain or addiction; (B) considers the risk of addiction of controlled substances approved to treat pain when establishing unmet medical need; and (C) considers pain, pain control, or pain management in assessing whether a disease or condition is a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; (2) the methods by which sponsors may evaluate acute and chronic pain, endpoints for non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, the manner in which endpoints and evaluations of efficacy will be applied across and within review divisions, taking into consideration the etiology of the underlying disease, and the manner in which sponsors may use surrogate endpoints, intermediate endpoints, and real world evidence; (3) the manner in which the Food and Drug Administration will assess evidence to support the inclusion of opioid sparing data in the labeling of non-addictive medical products intended to treat pain, including— (A) data collection methodologies, including the use of novel clinical trial designs (consistent with section 3021 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 )) and real world evidence (consistent with section 505F of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355g )), as appropriate, to support product labeling; (B) ethical considerations of exposing subjects to controlled substances in clinical trials to develop opioid sparing data and considerations on data collection methods that reduce harm, which may include the reduction of opioid use as a clinical benefit; (C) endpoints, including primary, secondary, and surrogate endpoints, to evaluate the reduction of opioid use; (D) best practices for communication between sponsors and the agency on the development of data collection methods, including the initiation of data collection; and (E) the appropriate format to submit such data results to the Secretary; and (4) the circumstances under which the Food and Drug Administration considers misuse and abuse of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 802 ) in making the risk benefit assessment under paragraphs (2) and (4) of subsection (d) of section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355 ) and in finding that a drug is unsafe under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (e) of such section. (c) Definitions In this section— (1) the term medical product means a drug (as defined in section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1) )), biological product (as defined in section 351(i) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 262(i) )), or device (as defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 321(h) )); and (2) the term opioid sparing means reducing, replacing, or avoiding the use of opioids or other controlled substances. 302. Clarifying FDA packaging authorities (a) Additional potential elements of strategy Section 505–1(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(e) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) Packaging and disposal The Secretary may require a risk evaluation mitigation strategy for a drug for which there is a serious risk of an adverse drug experience described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of subsection (b)(1), taking into consideration the factors described in subparagraphs (C) and (D) of subsection (f)(2) and in consultation with other relevant Federal agencies with authorities over drug packaging, which may include requiring that— (A) the drug be made available for dispensing to certain patients in unit dose packaging, packaging that provides a set duration, or another packaging system that the Secretary determines may mitigate such serious risk; or (B) the drug be dispensed to certain patients with a safe disposal packaging or safe disposal system for purposes of rendering drugs non-retrievable (as defined in section 1300.05 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulation)) if the Secretary has determines that such safe disposal packaging or system may mitigate such serious risk and exists in sufficient quantities. . (b) Assuring access and minimizing burden Section 505–1(f)(2)(C) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(f)(2)(C) ) is amended— (1) in clause (i) by striking and at the end; and (2) by adding at the end the following: (iii) patients with functional needs; and . (c) Application to abbreviated new drug applications Section 505–1(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(i) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1)— (A) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (C); and (B) inserting after subparagraph (A) the following: (B) A packaging or disposal requirement, if required under subsection (e)(4) for the applicable listed drug. ; and (2) in paragraph (2)— (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking and at the end; (B) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (C); and (C) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following: (B) shall permit packaging systems and safe disposal packaging or safe disposal systems that are different from those required for the applicable listed drug under subsection (e)(4); and . 303. Strengthening FDA and CBP coordination and capacity (a) In general The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall coordinate with the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out activities related to customs and border protection and response to illegal controlled substances and drug imports, including at sites of import (such as international mail facilities). Such Secretaries may carry out such activities through a memorandum of understanding between the Food and Drug Administration and the United States Customs and Border Protection. (b) FDA import facilities and inspection capacity (1) In general In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall, in collaboration with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, provide that import facilities in which the Food and Drug Administration operates or carries out activities related to drug imports within the international mail facilities include— (A) facility upgrades and improved capacity in order to increase and improve inspection and detection capabilities, which may include, as the Secretary determines appropriate— (i) improvements to facilities, such as upgrades or renovations, and support for the maintenance of existing import facilities and sites to improve coordination between Federal agencies; (ii) the construction of, or upgrades to, laboratory capacity for purposes of detection and testing of imported goods; (iii) upgrades to the security of import facilities; and (iv) innovative technology and equipment to facilitate improved and near-real-time information sharing between the Food and Drug Administration, the Department of Homeland Security, and the United States Postal Service; and (B) innovative technology, including controlled substance detection and testing equipment and other applicable technology, in order to collaborate with United States Customs and Border Protection to share near-real-time information, including information about test results, as appropriate. (2) Innovative technology Any technology used in accordance with paragraph (1)(B) shall be interoperable with technology used by other relevant Federal agencies, including the United States Customs and Border Protection, as the Secretary determines appropriate. (c) Report Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Postmaster General of the United States Postal Service, shall report to the relevant committees of Congress on the implementation of this section, including a summary of progress made towards near-real-time information sharing and the interoperability of such technologies. (d) Authorization of appropriations Out of amounts otherwise available to the Secretary, the Secretary may allocate such sums as may be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section. 304. Clarifying FDA post-market authorities Section 505–1(b)(1)(E) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 355–1(b)(1)(E) ) is amended by striking of the drug and inserting of the drug, which may include reduced effectiveness under the conditions of use prescribed in the labeling of such drug, but which may not include reduced effectiveness that is in accordance with such labeling . 305. Restricting entrance of illicit drugs (a) In general The Secretary, acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, upon discovering or receiving, in a package being offered for import, a controlled substance that is offered for import in violation of any requirement of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act ( 21 U.S.C. 951 et seq.), the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), or any other applicable law, shall transfer such package to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. If the Secretary identifies additional packages that appear to be the same as such package containing a controlled substance, such additional packages may also be transferred to U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall receive such packages consistent with the requirements of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.). (b) Debarment, temporary denial of approval, and suspension (1) In general Section 306(b) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 335a(b) ) is amended— (A) in paragraph (1)— (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting or (3) after paragraph (2) ; (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking the comma at the end and inserting a semicolon; (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking , or and inserting a semicolon; (iv) in subparagraph (C), by striking the period and inserting ; or ; and (v) by adding at the end the following: (D) a person from importing or offering for import into the United States a drug. ; and (B) in paragraph (3)— (i) in the heading, by striking Food ; (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ; or and inserting a semicolon; (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting ; or ; and (iv) and by adding at the end the following: (C) the person has been convicted of a felony for conduct relating to the importation into the United States of any drug or controlled substance (as defined in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act). . (2) Prohibited act Section 301(cc) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 331(cc) ) is amended by inserting or a drug after food . (c) Imports and exports Section 801(a) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ( 21 U.S.C. 381(a) ) is amended— (1) by striking the second sentence; (2) by striking If it appears and inserting Subject to subsection (b), if it appears ; (3) by striking regarding such article, then such article shall be refused and inserting the following: regarding such article, or (5) such article is being imported or offered for import in violation of section 301(cc), then any such article described in any of clauses (1) through (5) may be refused admission. If it appears from the examination of such samples or otherwise that the article is a counterfeit drug, such article shall be refused admission. ; (4) by striking this Act, then such article shall be refused admission and inserting this Act, then such article may be refused admission ; and (5) by striking Clause (2) of the third sentence and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting the following: Neither clause (2) nor clause (5) of the second sentence of this subsection shall be construed to prohibit the admission of narcotic drugs, the importation of which is permitted under the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. . 306. First responder training Section 546 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–1 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (2), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period and inserting ; and ; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (4) train and provide resources for first responders and members of other key community sectors on safety around fentanyl, carfentanil, and other dangerous licit and illicit drugs to protect themselves from exposure to such drugs and respond appropriately when exposure occurs. ; (2) in subsection (d), by striking and mechanisms for referral to appropriate treatment for an entity receiving a grant under this section and inserting mechanisms for referral to appropriate treatment, and safety around fentanyl, carfentanil, and other dangerous licit and illicit drugs ; (3) in subsection (f)— (A) in paragraph (3), by striking and at the end; (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period and inserting ; and ; and (C) by adding at the end the following: (5) the number of first responders and members of other key community sectors trained on safety around fentanyl, carfentanil, and other dangerous licit and illicit drugs. ; and (4) in subsection (g), by striking $12,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $36,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 307. Disposal of controlled substances of hospice patients (a) In general Section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (5) (A) An employee of a qualified hospice program acting within the scope of employment may handle, in the place of residence of a hospice patient, any controlled substance that was lawfully dispensed to the hospice patient, for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of the controlled substance— (i) after the hospice patient's death; (ii) if the controlled substance is expired; or (iii) if— (I) the employee is— (aa) the physician of the hospice patient; and (bb) registered under section 303(f); and (II) the hospice patient no longer requires the controlled substance because the plan of care of the hospice patient has been modified. (B) In this paragraph: (i) The term employee of a qualified hospice program means a physician, physician assistant, registered nurse, or nurse practitioner who— (I) is employed by, or is acting pursuant to arrangements made with, a qualified hospice program; and (II) is licensed or certified to perform such employment, or such activities arranged by the qualified hospice program, in accordance with applicable State law. (ii) The terms hospice care and hospice program have the meanings given those terms in section 1861(dd) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(dd) ). (iii) The term hospice patient means an individual receiving hospice care. (iv) The term qualified hospice program means a hospice program that— (I) has written policies and procedures for employees of the hospice program to use when assisting in the disposal of the controlled substances of a hospice patient in a circumstance described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of subparagraph (A); (II) at the time when the controlled substances are first ordered— (aa) provides a copy of the written policies and procedures to the hospice patient or hospice patient representative and the family of the hospice patient; (bb) discusses the policies and procedures with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative and the hospice patient's family in a language and manner that such individuals understand to ensure that such individuals are informed regarding the safe disposal of controlled substances; and (cc) documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient that the written policies and procedures were provided and discussed with the hospice patient or hospice patient's representative; and (III) at the time when an employee of the hospice program assists in the disposal of controlled substances of a hospice patient, documents in the clinical record of the hospice patient a list of all controlled substances disposed of. (C) The Attorney General may, by regulation, include additional types of licensed medical professionals in the definition of the term employee of a qualified hospice program under subparagraph (B). . (b) No registration required Section 302(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(c) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (4) An employee of a qualified hospice program for the purpose of assisting in the disposal of a controlled substance in accordance with subsection (g)(5), except as provided in subparagraph (A)(iii) of that subsection. . (c) Guidance The Attorney General may issue guidance to qualified hospice programs to assist the programs in satisfying the requirements under paragraph (5) of section 302(g) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 822(g) ), as added by subsection (a). (d) State and local authority Nothing in this section or the amendments made by this section shall be construed to prevent a State or local government from imposing additional controls or restrictions relating to the regulation of the disposal of controlled substances in hospice care or hospice programs. 308. GAO study and report on hospice safe drug management (a) Study (1) In general The Comptroller General of the United States (in this section referred to as the Comptroller General ) shall conduct a study on the requirements applicable to and challenges of hospice programs with regard to the management and disposal of controlled substances in the home of an individual. (2) Contents In conducting the study under paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall include— (A) an overview of challenges encountered by hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances, such as opioids, in a home setting, including any key changes in policies, procedures, or best practices for the disposal of controlled substances over time; and (B) a description of Federal requirements, including requirements under the Medicare program, for hospice programs regarding the disposal of controlled substances in a home setting, and oversight of compliance with those requirements. (b) Report Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report containing the results of the study conducted under subsection (a), together with recommendations, if any, for such legislation and administrative action as the Comptroller General determines appropriate. 309. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to be administered by injection or implantation (a) In general The Controlled Substances Act is amended by inserting after section 309 ( 21 U.S.C. 829 ) the following: 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner (a) In general Notwithstanding section 102(10), a pharmacy may deliver a controlled substance to a practitioner in accordance with a prescription that meets the requirements of this title and the regulations issued by the Attorney General under this title, for the purpose of administering of the controlled substance by the practitioner if— (1) the controlled substance is delivered by the pharmacy to the prescribing practitioner or the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, at the location listed on the practitioner’s certificate of registration issued under this title; (2) in the case of administering of the controlled substance for the purpose of maintenance or detoxification treatment under section 303(g)(2)— (A) the practitioner who issued the prescription is a qualifying practitioner authorized under, and acting within the scope of that section; and (B) the controlled substance is to be administered by injection or implantation; (3) the pharmacy and the practitioner are authorized to conduct the activities specified in this section under the law of the State in which such activities take place; (4) the prescription is not issued to supply any practitioner with a stock of controlled substances for the purpose of general dispensing to patients; (5) except as provided in subsection (b), the controlled substance is to be administered only to the patient named on the prescription not later than 14 days after the date of receipt of the controlled substance by the practitioner; and (6) notwithstanding any exceptions under section 307, the prescribing practitioner, and the practitioner administering the controlled substance, as applicable, maintain complete and accurate records of all controlled substances delivered, received, administered, or otherwise disposed of under this section, including the persons to whom controlled substances were delivered and such other information as may be required by regulations of the Attorney General. (b) Modification of number of days before which controlled substance shall be administered (1) Initial 2-year period During the 2-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this section, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may reduce the number of days described in subsection (a)(5) if the Attorney General determines that such reduction will— (A) reduce the risk of diversion; or (B) protect the public health. (2) Modifications after submission of report After the date on which the report described in subsection (c) is submitted, the Attorney General, in coordination with the Secretary, may modify the number of days described in subsection (a)(5). (3) Minimum number of days Any modification under this subsection shall be for a period of not less than 7 days. . (b) Study and report Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study and submit to Congress a report on access to and potential diversion of controlled substances administered by injection or implantation. (c) Technical and conforming amendment The table of contents for the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 309 the following: Sec. 309A. Delivery of a controlled substance by a pharmacy to an administering practitioner. . IV Treatment and recovery 401. Comprehensive opioid recovery centers (a) In general The Secretary shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to establish or operate a comprehensive opioid recovery center (referred to in this section as a Center ). A Center may be a single entity or an integrated delivery network. (b) Grant period (1) In general A grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be for a period not more than 5 years. (2) Renewal A grant awarded under subsection (a) may be renewed, on a competitive basis, for additional periods of time, as determined by the Secretary. In determining whether to renew a grant under this paragraph, the Secretary shall consider the data submitted under subsection (h). (c) Minimum number of grants The Secretary shall allocate the amounts made available under subsection (j) such that not fewer than 10 grants may be awarded. Not more than one grant shall be made to entities in a single State for any one period. (d) Application (1) Eligible entity An entity is eligible for a grant under this section if the entity offers treatment and other services for individuals with a substance use disorder. (2) Submission of application In order to be eligible for a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (A) evidence that such entity carries out, or is capable of coordinating with other entities to carry out, the activities described in subsection (g); and (B) such other information as the Secretary may require. (e) Priority In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities located in a State with an age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (f) Preference In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary may give preference to eligible entities utilizing technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models, including such models as defined in section 2 of the Expanding Capacity for Health Outcomes Act ( Public Law 114–270 ; 130 Stat. 1395), to conduct the activities described in this section. (g) Center activities Each Center shall, at a minimum, carry out the following activities directly, through referral, or through contractual arrangements, which may include carrying out such activities through technology-enabled collaborative learning and capacity building models described in subsection (f): (1) Treatment and recovery services Each Center shall— (A) ensure that intake and evaluations meet the individualized clinical needs of patients, including by offering assessments for services and care recommendations through independent, evidence-based verification processes for reviewing patient placement in treatment settings; (B) provide the full continuum of treatment services, including— (i) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders, pursuant to Federal and State law; (ii) medically supervised withdrawal management that includes patient evaluation, stabilization, and readiness for and entry into treatment; (iii) counseling provided by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor patient progress; (iv) treatment, as appropriate, for patients with co-occurring substance use and mental disorders; (v) testing, as appropriate, for infections commonly associated with illicit drug use; (vi) residential rehabilitation, and outpatient and intensive outpatient programs; (vii) recovery housing; (viii) community-based and peer recovery support services; (ix) job training, job placement assistance, and continuing education assistance to support reintegration into the workforce; and (x) other best practices to provide the full continuum of treatment and services, as determined by the Secretary; (C) ensure that all programs covered by the Center include medication-assisted treatment, as appropriate, and do not exclude individuals receiving medication-assisted treatment from any service; (D) periodically conduct patient assessments to support sustained and clinically significant recovery, as defined by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use; (E) administer an onsite pharmacy and provide toxicology services, for purposes of carrying out this section; and (F) operate a secure, confidential, and interoperable electronic health information system. (2) Outreach Each Center shall carry out outreach activities to publicize the services offered through the Centers, which may include— (A) training and supervising outreach staff, as appropriate, to work with State and local health departments, health care providers, the Indian Health Service, State and local educational agencies, schools funded by the Indian Bureau of Education, institutions of higher education, State and local workforce development boards, State and local community action agencies, public safety officials, first responders, Indian tribes, child welfare agencies, as appropriate, and other community partners and the public, including patients, to identify and respond to community needs; (B) ensuring that the entities described in subparagraph (A) are aware of the services of the Center; and (C) disseminating and making publicly available, including through the internet, evidence-based resources that educate professionals and the public on opioid use disorder and other substance use disorders, including co-occurring substance use and mental disorders. (h) Data reporting and program oversight With respect to a grant awarded under subsection (a), not later than 90 days after the end of the first year of the grant period, and annually thereafter for the duration of the grant period (including the duration of any renewal period for such grant), the entity shall submit data, as appropriate, to the Secretary regarding— (1) the programs and activities funded by the grant; (2) health outcomes of the population of individuals with a substance use disorder who received services from the Center, evaluated by an independent program evaluator through the use of outcomes measures, as determined by the Secretary; (3) the retention rate of program participants; and (4) any other information that the Secretary may require for the purpose of ensuring that the Center is complying with all the requirements of the grant, including providing the full continuum of services described in subsection (g)(1)(B). (i) Privacy The provisions of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (j) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 for purposes of carrying out this section. (k) Reports to Congress (1) Preliminary report Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a preliminary report that analyzes data submitted under subsection (h). (2) Final report Not later than 2 year after submitting the preliminary report required under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall submit to Congress a final report that includes— (A) an evaluation of the effectiveness of the comprehensive services provided by the Centers established or operated pursuant to this section on health outcomes of the population of individuals with substance use disorder who receive services from the Center, which shall include an evaluation of the effectiveness of services for treatment and recovery support and to reduce relapse, recidivism, and overdose; and (B) recommendations, as appropriate, regarding ways to improve Federal programs related to substance use disorders, which may include dissemination of best practices for the treatment of substance use disorders to health care professionals. 402. Program to support coordination and continuation of care for drug overdose patients (a) In general The Secretary shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices for— (1) emergency treatment of known or suspected drug overdose; (2) the use of recovery coaches, as appropriate, to encourage individuals who experience a non-fatal overdose to seek treatment for substance use disorder and to support coordination and continuation of care; (3) coordination and continuation of care and treatment, including, as appropriate, through referrals, of individuals after an opioid overdose; and (4) the provision of overdose reversal medication, as appropriate. (b) Grant establishment and participation (1) In general The Secretary shall award grants on a competitive basis to eligible entities to support implementation of voluntary programs for care and treatment of individuals after an opioid overdose, as appropriate, which may include implementation of the best practices described in subsection (a). (2) Eligible entity In this section, the term eligible entity means— (A) a State alcohol or drug agency; or (B) an entity that offers treatment or other services for individuals in response to, or following, drug overdoses or a drug overdose, in consultation with a State alcohol and drug agency. (3) Application An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require, that includes— (A) evidence that such eligible entity carries out, or is capable of contracting and coordinating with other community entities to carry out, the activities described in paragraph (4); (B) evidence that such eligible entity will work with a recovery community organization to recruit, train, hire, mentor, and supervise recovery coaches and fulfill the requirements described in paragraph (4)(A); and (C) such additional information as the Secretary may require. (4) Use of grant funds An eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall use such grant funds to— (A) hire or utilize recovery coaches to help support recovery, including by— (i) connecting patients to a continuum of care services, such as— (I) treatment and recovery support programs; (II) programs that provide non-clinical recovery support services; (III) peer support networks; (IV) recovery community organizations; (V) health care providers, including physicians and other providers of behavioral health and primary care; (VI) educational and vocational schools; (VII) employers; (VIII) housing services; and (IX) child welfare agencies; (ii) providing education on overdose prevention and overdose reversal to patients and families, as appropriate; (iii) providing follow-up services for patients after an overdose to ensure continued recovery and connection to support services; (iv) collecting and evaluating outcome data for patients receiving recovery coaching services; and (v) providing other services the Secretary determines necessary to help ensure continued connection with recovery support services; (B) establish policies and procedures that address the provision of overdose reversal medication, the administration of all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorder, and subsequent continuation of, or referral to, evidence-based treatment for patients with a substance use disorder who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose, in order to support long-term treatment, prevent relapse, and reduce recidivism and future overdose; and (C) establish integrated models of care for individuals who have experienced a non-fatal drug overdose which may include patient assessment, follow up, and transportation to and from treatment facilities. (5) Additional permissible uses In addition to the uses described in paragraph (4), a grant awarded under this section may be used, directly or through contractual arrangements, to provide— (A) all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders, pursuant to Federal and State law; (B) withdrawal and detoxification services that include patient evaluation, stabilization, and preparation for treatment of substance use disorder, including treatment described in subparagraph (A), as appropriate; or (C) mental health services provided by a program counselor, social worker, therapist, or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychosocial background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for patients with substance use disorder, and to monitor patient progress. (6) Preference In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to eligible entities that meet any or all of the following criteria: (A) The eligible entity is a critical access hospital (as defined in section 1861(mm)(1) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x(mm)(1) )), a low volume hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(12)(C)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(12)(C)(i) )), or a sole community hospital (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(D)(iii) )). (B) The eligible entity is located in a State with an age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths that is above the national overdose mortality rate, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (C) The eligible entity demonstrates that recovery coaches will be placed in both health care settings and community settings. (7) Period of grant A grant awarded to an eligible entity under this section shall be for a period of not more than 5 years. (c) Definitions In this section: (1) Recovery coach the term recovery coach means an individual— (A) with knowledge of, or experience with, recovery from a substance use disorder; and (B) who has completed training from, and is determined to be in good standing by, a recovery services organization capable of conducting such training and making such determination. (2) Recovery community organization The term recovery community organization has the meaning given such term in section 547(a) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–2(a) ). (3) State alcohol and drug agency The term State alcohol and drug agency means the principal agency of a State that is responsible for carrying out the block grant for prevention and treatment of substance abuse under subpart II of part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–21 et seq.) (d) Reporting requirements (1) Reports by grantees Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary an annual report for each year for which the entity has received such grant that includes information on— (A) the number of individuals treated by the entity for non-fatal overdoses, including the number of non-fatal overdoses where overdose reversal medication was administered; (B) the number of individuals administered medication-assisted treatment by the entity; (C) the number of individuals referred by the entity to other treatment facilities after a non-fatal overdose, the types of such other facilities, and the number of such individuals admitted to such other facilities pursuant to such referrals; and (D) the frequency and number of patients with reoccurrences, including readmissions for non-fatal overdoses and evidence of relapse related to substance use disorder. (2) Report by Secretary Not later than 5 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that includes an evaluation of the effectiveness of the grant program carried out under this section with respect to long term health outcomes of the population of individuals who have experienced a drug overdose, the percentage of patients treated or referred to treatment by grantees, and the frequency and number of patients who experienced relapse, were readmitted for treatment, or experienced another overdose. (e) Privacy The requirements of this section, including with respect to data reporting and program oversight, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State privacy laws. (f) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 403. Alternatives to opioids (a) In general The Secretary shall, directly or through grants to, or contracts with, public and private entities, provide technical assistance to hospitals and other acute care settings on alternatives to opioids for pain management. The technical assistance provided shall be for the purpose of— (1) utilizing information from acute care providers including emergency departments and other providers that have successfully implemented alternatives to opioids programs, promoting non-addictive protocols and medications while appropriately limiting the use of opioids; (2) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids, which may include pain-management strategies that involve non-addictive medical products, non-pharmacologic treatments, and technologies or techniques to identify patients at-risk for opioid use disorder; (3) identifying or facilitating the development of best practices on the use of alternatives to opioids that target common painful conditions and include certain patient populations, such as geriatric patients, pregnant women, and children; (4) disseminating information on the use of alternatives to opioids to providers in acute care settings, which may include emergency departments, outpatient clinics, critical access hospitals, and Federally qualified health centers; and (5) collecting data and reporting on health outcomes associated with the use of alternatives to opioids. (b) Pain management and funding (1) In general The Secretary shall award grants to hospitals and other acute care settings relating to alternatives to opioids for pain management. (2) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 for purposes of carrying out this section. 404. Building communities of recovery Section 547 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–2 ) is amended to read as follows: 547. Building communities of recovery (a) Definition In this section, the term recovery community organization means an independent nonprofit organization that— (1) mobilizes resources within and outside of the recovery community, which may include through a peer support network, to increase the prevalence and quality of long-term recovery from substance use disorders; and (2) is wholly or principally governed by people in recovery for substance use disorders who reflect the community served. (b) Grants authorized The Secretary shall award grants to recovery community organizations to enable such organizations to develop, expand, and enhance recovery services. (c) Federal share The Federal share of the costs of a program funded by a grant under this section may not exceed 85 percent. (d) Use of funds Grants awarded under subsection (b)— (1) shall be used to develop, expand, and enhance community and statewide recovery support services; and (2) may be used to— (A) build connections between recovery networks, including between recovery community organizations and peer support networks, and with other recovery support services, including— (i) behavioral health providers; (ii) primary care providers and physicians; (iii) educational and vocational schools; (iv) employers; (v) housing services; (vi) child welfare agencies; and (vii) other recovery support services that facilitate recovery from substance use disorders, including non-clinical community services; (B) reduce the stigma associated with substance use disorders; and (C) conduct outreach on issues relating to substance use disorders and recovery, including— (i) identifying the signs of substance use disorder; (ii) the resources available to individuals with substance use disorder and to families of an individual with a substance use disorder, including programs that mentor and provide support services to children; (iii) the resources available to help support individuals in recovery; and (iv) related medical outcomes of substance use disorders, the potential of acquiring an infection commonly associated with illicit drug use, and neonatal abstinence syndrome among infants exposed to opioids during pregnancy. (e) Special consideration In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to the unique needs of rural areas, including areas with an age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths that is above the national average and areas with a shortage of prevention and treatment services. (f) Authorization of appropriations There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. . 405. Peer support technical assistance center (a) Establishment The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Abuse, shall establish or operate a National Peer-Run Training and Technical Assistance Center for Addiction Recovery Support (referred to in this subsection as the Center ). (b) Functions The Center established under subsection (a) shall provide technical assistance and support to recovery community organizations and peer support networks, including such assistance and support related to— (1) training on identifying— (A) signs of substance use disorder; (B) resources to assist individuals with a substance use disorder, or resources for families of an individual with a substance use disorder; and (C) best practices for the delivery of recovery support services; (2) the provision of translation services, interpretation, or other such services for clients with limited English speaking proficiency; (3) data collection to support research, including for translational research; (4) capacity building; and (5) evaluation and improvement, as necessary, of the effectiveness of such services provided by recovery community organizations (as defined in section 547 of the Public Health Service Act). (c) Best practices The Center established under subsection (a) shall periodically issue best practices for use by recovery community organizations and peer support networks. (d) Recovery community organization In this section, the term recovery community organization has the meaning given such term in section 547 of the Public Health Service Act. (e) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 406. Medication-assisted treatment for recovery from addiction (a) Waivers for maintenance or detoxification treatment Section 303(g)(2)(G)(ii) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(G)(ii) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (VIII) The physician graduated in good standing from an accredited school of allopathic medicine or osteopathic medicine in the United States during the 5-year period immediately preceding the date on which the physician submits to the Secretary a written notification under subparagraph (B) and successfully completed a comprehensive allopathic or osteopathic medicine curriculum or accredited medical residency that— (aa) included not less than 24 hours of training on treating and managing opiate-dependent patients; and (bb) included, at a minimum— (AA) the training described in items (aa) through (gg) of subclause (IV); and (BB) training with respect to any other best practice the Secretary determines should be included in the curriculum, which may include training on pain management, including assessment and appropriate use of opioid and non-opioid alternatives. . (b) Treatment for children The Secretary shall consider ways to ensure that an adequate number of physicians who meet the requirements under the amendment made by subsection (a) and have a specialty in pediatrics, or the treatment of children or of adolescents, are granted a waiver under section 303(g)(2) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2) ) to treat children and adolescents with substance use disorders. (c) Technical amendment Section 102(24) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 802(24) ) is amended by striking Health, Education, and Welfare and inserting Health and Human Services . 407. Grant program (a) In general The Secretary shall establish a grant program under which the Secretary may make grants to accredited schools of allopathic medicine or osteopathic medicine and teaching hospitals located in the United States to support the development of curricula that meet the requirements under subclause (VIII) of section 303(g)(2)(G)(ii) of the Controlled Substances Act, as added by section 406(a) of this Act. (b) Authorization of appropriations There are authorized to be appropriated for grants under subsection (a), $4,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 408. Allowing for more flexibility with respect to medication-assisted treatment for opioid use disorders Subclause (II) of section 303(g)(2)(B)(iii) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 823(g)(2)(B)(iii) ) is amended to read as follows: (II) The applicable number is— (aa) 100 if, not sooner than 1 year after the date on which the practitioner submitted the initial notification, the practitioner submits a second notification to the Secretary of the need and intent of the practitioner to treat up to 100 patients; or (bb) 275 if the practitioner meets the requirements specified in section 8.610 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations). . 409. National recovery housing best practices (a) Best practices The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary for Housing and Urban Development, patients with a history of opioid use disorder, and other stakeholders, which may include State accrediting entities and reputable providers of, and analysts of, recovery housing services, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices, which may include model laws for implementing suggested minimum standards, for operating recovery housing. (b) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices identified or developed under subsection (a) to— (1) State agencies, which may include the provision of technical assistance to State agencies seeking to adopt or implement such best practices; (2) Indian tribes and tribally designated housing entities; (3) recovery housing entities; and (4) the public, as appropriate. (c) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider how recovery housing is able to support recovery and prevent relapse, recidivism, or overdose (including overdose death), including by improving access and adherence to treatment, including medication-assisted treatment. (d) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed to provide the Secretary with the authority to require States to adhere to minimum standards in the State oversight of recovery housing. (e) Definitions In this section— (1) the term recovery housing means a shared living environment free from alcohol and illicit drug use and centered on peer support and connection to services that promote sustained recovery from substance use disorders; and (2) the term tribally designated housing entity has the meaning given such term in the section 4 of the Native American Housing Assistance and Self-Determination Act of 1996 ( 25 U.S.C. 4103 ). 410. Addressing economic and workforce impacts of the opioid crisis (a) Definitions Except as otherwise expressly provided, in this section: (1) WIOA definitions The terms core program , individual with a barrier to employment , local area , local board , one-stop operator , outlying area , State , State board , and supportive services have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (2) Education provider The term education provider means— (A) an institution of higher education, as defined in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ); or (B) a postsecondary vocational institution, as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (3) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (A) a State workforce agency; (B) an outlying area; or (C) a Tribal entity. (4) Participating partnership The term participating partnership means a partnership— (A) evidenced by a written contract or agreement; and (B) including, as members of the partnership, a local board receiving a subgrant under subsection (d) and 1 or more of the following: (i) The eligible entity. (ii) A treatment provider. (iii) An employer or industry organization. (iv) An education provider. (v) A legal service or law enforcement organization. (vi) A faith-based or community-based organization. (vii) Other State or local agencies, including counties or local government. (viii) Other organizations, as determined to be necessary by the local board. (5) Program participant The term program participant means an individual who— (A) is a member of a population of workers described in subsection (e)(2) that is served by a participating partnership through the pilot program under this section; and (B) enrolls with the applicable participating partnership to receive any of the services described in subsection (e)(3). (6) Provider of peer recovery support services The term provider of peer recovery support services means a provider that delivers peer recovery support services through an organization described in section 547(a) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290ee–2(a) ). (7) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Labor. (8) State workforce agency The term State workforce agency means the lead State agency with responsibility for the administration of a program under chapter 2 or 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3161 et seq., 3171 et seq.). (9) Substance use disorder The term substance use disorder has the meaning given such term by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use. (10) Treatment provider The term treatment provider — (A) means a health care provider that— (i) offers services for treating substance use disorders and is licensed in accordance with applicable State law to provide such services; and (ii) accepts health insurance for such services, including coverage under title XIX of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and (B) may include— (i) a nonprofit provider of peer recovery support services; (ii) a community health care provider; (iii) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1395x )); (iv) an Indian health program (as defined in section 3 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act ( 25 U.S.C. 1603 )), including an Indian health program that serves an urban center (as defined in such section); and (v) a Native Hawaiian health center (as defined in section 12 of the Native Hawaiian Health Care Improvement Act ( 42 U.S.C. 11711 )). (11) Tribal entity The term Tribal entity includes any Indian tribe, tribal organization, Indian-controlled organization serving Indians, Native Hawaiian organization, or Alaska Native entity, as such terms are defined or used in section 166 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3221 ). (b) Pilot program and grants authorized (1) In general The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall carry out a pilot program to address economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. In carrying out the pilot program, the Secretary shall make grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities to make subgrants to local boards to address the economic and workforce impacts associated with a high rate of a substance use disorder. (2) Grant amounts The Secretary shall make each such grant in an amount that is not less than $500,000, and not more than $5,000,000, for a fiscal year. (c) Grant applications (1) In general An eligible entity applying for a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such form and manner as the Secretary may reasonably require, including the information described in this subsection. (2) Significant impact on community by opioid and substance use disorder-related problems (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application— (i) information that demonstrates significant impact on the community by problems related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder, by— (I) identifying the counties, communities, regions, or local areas that have been significantly impacted and will be served through the grant (each referred to in this section as a service area ); and (II) demonstrating for each such service area, an increase equal to or greater than the national increase in such problems, between— (aa) 1999; and (bb) 2016 or the latest year for which data are available; and (ii) a description of how the eligible entity will prioritize support for significantly impacted service areas described in clause (i)(I). (B) Information To meet the requirements described in subparagraph (A)(i)(II), the eligible entity may use information including data on— (i) the incidence or prevalence of opioid abuse and other substance use disorders; (ii) the age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths, as determined by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (iii) the rate of non-fatal hospitalizations related to opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; (iv) the number of arrests or convictions, or a relevant law enforcement statistic, that reasonably shows an increase in opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; or (v) in the case of an eligible entity described in subsection (a)(3)(C), other alternative relevant data as determined appropriate by the Secretary. (C) Support for state strategy The eligible entity may include in the application information describing how the proposed services and activities are aligned with the State, outlying area, or Tribal strategy, as applicable, for addressing problems described in subparagraph (A) in specific service areas or across the State, outlying area, or Tribal land. (3) Economic and employment conditions demonstrate additional Federal support needed (A) Demonstration An eligible entity shall include in the application information that demonstrates that a high rate of a substance use disorder has caused, or is coincident to— (i) an economic or employment downturn in the service area; or (ii) persistent economically depressed conditions in such service area. (B) Information To meet the requirements of subparagraph (A), an eligible entity may use information including— (i) documentation of any layoff, announced future layoff, legacy industry decline, decrease in an employment or labor market participation rate, or economic impact, whether or not the result described in this clause is overtly related to a high rate of a substance use disorder; (ii) documentation showing decreased economic activity related to, caused by, or contributing to a high rate of a substance use disorder, including a description of how the service area has been impacted, or will be impacted, by such a decrease; (iii) information on economic indicators, labor market analyses, information from public announcements, and demographic and industry data; (iv) information on rapid response activities (as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 )) that have been or will be conducted, including demographic data gathered by employer or worker surveys or through other methods; (v) data or documentation, beyond anecdotal evidence, showing that employers face challenges filling job vacancies due to a lack of skilled workers able to pass a drug test; or (vi) any additional relevant data or information on the economy, workforce, or another aspect of the service area to support the application. (d) Subgrant authorization and application process (1) Subgrants authorized (A) In general An eligible entity receiving a grant under subsection (b)— (i) may use not more than 5 percent of the grant funds for the administrative costs of carrying out the grant; (ii) in the case of an eligible entity described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(3), shall use the remaining grant funds to make subgrants to local entities in the service area to carry out the services and activities described in subsection (e); and (iii) in the case of an eligible entity described in subsection (a)(3)(C), shall use the remaining grant funds to carry out the services and activities described in subsection (e). (B) Equitable distribution In making subgrants under this subsection, an eligible entity shall ensure, to the extent practicable, the equitable distribution of subgrants, based on— (i) geography (such as urban and rural distribution); and (ii) significantly impacted service areas as described in subsection (c)(2). (C) Timing of subgrant funds distribution An eligible entity making subgrants under this subsection shall disburse subgrant funds to a local board receiving a subgrant from the eligible entity by the later of— (i) the date that is 90 days after the date on which the Secretary makes the funds available to the eligible entity; or (ii) the date that is 15 days after the date that the eligible entity makes the subgrant under subparagraph (A)(ii). (2) Subgrant application (A) In general A local board desiring to receive a subgrant under this subsection from an eligible entity shall submit an application at such time and in such and manner as the eligible entity may reasonably require, including the information described in this paragraph. (B) Contents Each application described in subparagraph (A) shall include— (i) an analysis of the estimated performance of the local board in carrying out the proposed services and activities under the subgrant— (I) based on— (aa) primary indicators of performance described in section 116(c)(1)(A)(i) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141(c)(1)(A)(i) , to assess estimated effectiveness of the proposed services and activities, including the estimated number of individuals with a substance use disorder who may be served by the proposed services and activities; (bb) the record of the local board in serving individuals with a barrier to employment; and (cc) the ability of the local board to establish a participating partnership; and (II) which may include or utilize— (aa) data from the National Center for Health Statistics of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (bb) data from the Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration; (cc) State vital statistics; (dd) municipal police department records; (ee) reports from local coroners; or (ff) other relevant data; and (ii) in the case of a local board proposing to serve a population described in subsection (e)(2)(B), a demonstration of the workforce shortage in the professional area to be addressed under the subgrant (which may include substance use disorder treatment and related services, non-addictive pain therapy and pain management services, mental health care treatment services, emergency response services, or mental health care), which shall include information that can demonstrate such a shortage, such as— (I) the distance between— (aa) communities affected by opioid abuse or another substance use disorder; and (bb) facilities or professionals offering services in the professional area; or (II) the maximum capacity of facilities or professionals to serve individuals in an affected community, or increases in arrests related to opioid or another substance use disorder, overdose deaths, or nonfatal overdose emergencies in the community. (e) Subgrant services and activities (1) In general Each local board that receives a subgrant under subsection (d) shall carry out the services and activities described in this subsection through a participating partnership. (2) Selection of Population to be served A participating partnership shall elect to provide services and activities under the subgrant to one or both of the following populations of workers: (A) Workers, including dislocated workers, individuals with barriers to employment, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), each of whom— (i) are directly or indirectly affected by a high rate of a substance use disorder; and (ii) voluntarily confirms that the worker, or a friend or family member of the worker, has a history of opioid abuse or another substance use disorder. (B) Workers, including dislocated workers, individuals with barriers to employment, new entrants in the workforce, or incumbent workers (employed or underemployed), who— (i) seek to transition to professions that support individuals with a substance use disorder or at risk for developing such disorder, such as professions that provide— (I) substance use disorder treatment and related services; (II) services offered through providers of peer recovery support services; (III) non-addictive pain therapy and pain management services; (IV) emergency response services; or (V) mental health care; and (ii) need new or upgraded skills to better serve such a population of struggling or at-risk individuals. (3) Services and activities Each participating partnership shall use funds available through a subgrant under this subsection to carry out 1 or more of the following: (A) Engaging employers Engaging with employers to— (i) learn about the skill and hiring requirements of employers; (ii) learn about the support needed by employers to hire and retain program participants, and other individuals with a substance use disorder, and the support needed by such employers to obtain their commitment to testing creative solutions to employing program participants and such individuals; (iii) connect employers and workers to on-the-job or customized training programs before or after layoff to help facilitate reemployment; (iv) connect employers with an education provider to develop classroom instruction to complement on-the-job learning for program participants and such individuals; (v) help employers develop the curriculum design of a work-based learning program for program participants and such individuals; (vi) help employers employ program participants or such individuals engaging in a work-based learning program for a transitional period before hiring such a program participant or individual for full-time employment of not less than 30 hours a week; or (vii) connect employers to program participants receiving concurrent outpatient treatment and job training services. (B) Screening services Providing screening services, which may include— (i) using an evidence-based screening method to screen each individual seeking participation in the pilot program to determine whether the individual has a substance use disorder; (ii) conducting an assessment of each such individual to determine the services needed for such individual to obtain or retain employment, including an assessment of strengths and general work readiness; or (iii) accepting walk-ins or referrals from employers, labor organizations, or other entities recommending individuals to participate in such program. (C) Individual treatment and employment plan Developing an individual treatment and employment plan for each program participant— (i) in coordination, as appropriate, with other programs serving the participant such as the core programs within the workforce development system under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.); and (ii) which shall include providing a case manager to work with each participant to develop the plan, which may include— (I) identifying employment and career goals; (II) exploring career pathways that lead to in-demand industries and sectors, as determined by the State board and the head of the State workforce agency or, as applicable, the Tribal entity; (III) setting appropriate achievement objectives to attain the employment and career goals identified under subclause (I); or (IV) developing the appropriate combination of services to enable the participant to achieve the employment and career goals identified under subclause (I). (D) Outpatient treatment and recovery care In the case of a participating partnership serving program participants described in paragraph (2)(A) with a substance use disorder, providing individualized and group outpatient treatment and recovery services for such program participants that are offered during the day and evening, and on weekends. Such treatment and recovery services— (i) shall be based on a model that utilizes combined behavioral interventions and other evidence-based or evidence-informed interventions; and (ii) may include additional services such as— (I) health, mental health, addiction, or other forms of outpatient treatment that may impact a substance use disorder and co-occurring conditions; (II) drug testing for a current substance use disorder prior to enrollment in career or training services or prior to employment; (III) linkages to community services, including services offered by partner organizations designed to support program participants; or (IV) referrals to health care, including referrals to substance use disorder treatment and mental health services. (E) Supportive services Providing supportive services, which shall include services such as— (i) coordinated wraparound services to provide maximum support for program participants to assist the program participants in maintaining employment and recovery for not less than 12 months, as appropriate; (ii) assistance in establishing eligibility for assistance under Federal, State, Tribal, and local programs providing health services, mental health services, vocational services, housing services, transportation services, social services, or services through early childhood education programs (as defined in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1003 )); (iii) services offered through providers of peer recovery support services; (iv) networking and mentorship opportunities; or (v) any supportive services determined necessary by the local board. (F) Career and job training services Offering career services and training services, and related services, concurrently or sequentially with the services provided under subparagraphs (B) through (E). Such services shall include the following: (i) Services provided to program participants who are in a pre-employment stage of the program, which may include— (I) initial education and skills assessments; (II) traditional classroom training funded through individual training accounts under chapter 3 of subtitle B of title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3171 et seq.); (III) services to promote employability skills such as punctuality, personal maintenance skills, and professional conduct; (IV) in-depth interviewing and evaluation to identify employment barriers and to develop individual employment plans; (V) career planning that includes— (aa) career pathways leading to in-demand, high-wage jobs; and (bb) job coaching, job matching, and job placement services; (VI) provision of payments and fees for employment and training-related applications, tests, and certifications; or (VII) any other appropriate career service or training service described in section 134(c) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3174(c) ). (ii) Services provided to program participants during their first 6 months of employment to ensure job retention, which may include— (I) case management and support services, including a continuation of the services described in clause (i); (II) a continuation of skills training, and career and technical education, described in clause (i) that is conducted in collaboration with the employers of such participants; (III) mentorship services and job retention support for such participants; or (IV) targeted training for managers and workers working with such participants (such as mentors), and human resource representatives in the business in which such participants are employed. (iii) Services to assist program participants in maintaining employment for not less than 12 months, as appropriate. (G) Proven and promising practices Leading efforts in the service area to identify and promote proven and promising strategies and initiatives for meeting the needs of employers and program participants. (4) Limitations A participating partnership may not use— (A) more than 10 percent of the funds received under a subgrant under subsection (d) for the administrative costs of the partnership; (B) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of treatment and recovery services, as described in paragraph (3)(D); and (C) more than 10 percent of the funds received under such subgrant for the provision of supportive services described in paragraph (3)(E) to program participants. (f) Performance accountability (1) Reports The Secretary shall establish quarterly reporting requirements for recipients of grants and subgrants under this section that, to the extent practicable, are based on the performance accountability system under section 116 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3141 ) and, in the case of a grant awarded to an eligible entity described in subsection (a)(3)(C), section 166(h) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3221(h) ), including the indicators described in subsection (c)(1)(A)(i) of such section 116 and the requirements for local area performance reports under subsection (d) of such section 116. (2) Evaluations (A) Authority to enter into agreements The Secretary shall ensure that an independent evaluation is conducted on the pilot program carried out under this section to determine the impact of the program on employment of individuals with substance use disorders. The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with eligible entities receiving grants under this section to pay for all or part of such evaluation. (B) Methodologies to be used The independent evaluation required under this paragraph shall use experimental designs using random assignment or, when random assignment is not feasible, other reliable, evidence-based research methodologies that allow for the strongest possible causal inferences. (g) Funding (1) Covered fiscal year In this subsection, the term covered fiscal year means any of fiscal years 2018 through 2023. (2) Using funding for national dislocated worker grants Subject to paragraph (4) and notwithstanding section 132(a)(2)(A) and subtitle D of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3172(a)(2)(A) , 3221 et seq.), the Secretary may use, to carry out the pilot program under this section for a covered fiscal year— (A) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3225 ) for that fiscal year; (B) funds made available to carry out section 170 of such Act that remain available for that fiscal year; and (C) funds that remain available under section 172(f) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3227(f) ). (3) Availability of funds Funds appropriated under section 136(c) of such Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3181(c) ) and made available to carry out section 170 of such Act for a fiscal year shall remain available for use under paragraph (2) for a subsequent fiscal year until expended. (4) Limitation The Secretary may not use more than $100,000,000 of the funds described in paragraph (2) for any covered fiscal year under this section. 411. Youth prevention and recovery (a) Substance abuse treatment services for children, adolescents, and young adults Section 514 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–7 ) is amended— (1) in the section heading, by striking children and adolescents and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults ; (2) in subsection (a)(2), by striking children, including and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults, including ; and (3) by striking children and adolescents each place it appears and inserting children, adolescents, and young adults . (b) Youth prevention and recovery initiative (1) In general The Secretary, in consultation with Secretary of Education, shall administer a program to provide support for communities to support the prevention, treatment, and recovery of substance use disorders for children, adolescents, and young adults. (2) Definitions In this subsection: (A) Eligible entity The term eligible entity means— (i) a local educational agency that is seeking to establish or expand substance use prevention or recovery support services at one or more high schools; (ii) a State educational agency; (iii) an institution of higher education (or consortia of such institutions), which may include a recovery program at an institution of higher education; (iv) a local board or one-stop operator; (v) a nonprofit organization with appropriate expertise in providing services or programs for children, adolescents, or young adults, excluding a school; (vi) a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian Tribe, or tribal organization; or (vii) a high school or dormitory serving high school students that receives funding from the Bureau of Indian Education. (B) Evidence-based The term evidence-based has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (C) Foster care The term foster care has the meaning given such term in section 1355.20(a) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations). (D) High school The term high school has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (E) Homeless youth The term homeless youth has the meaning given the term homeless children or youths in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act ( 42 U.S.C. 11434a ); (F) Institution of higher education The term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1001 ) and includes a postsecondary vocational institution as defined in section 102(c) of such Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1002(c) ). (G) Local educational agency The term local educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (H) Local board; one-stop operator The terms local board and one-stop operator have the meanings given such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3102 ). (I) Out of School Youth The term out-of-school youth has the meaning given such term in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act ( 29 U.S.C. 3164(a)(1)(B) ). (J) Recovery program The term recovery program means a program— (i) to help children, adolescents, or young adults who are recovering from substance use disorders to initiate, stabilize, and maintain healthy and productive lives in the community; and (ii) that includes peer-to-peer support delivered by individuals with lived experience in recovery, and communal activities to build recovery skills and supportive social networks. (K) State Educational Agency The term State educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (3) Best practices The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall— (A) identify or facilitate the development of evidence-based best practices for prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, including for specific populations such as youth in foster care, homeless youth, out-of-school youth, and youth who are at risk of or have experienced trafficking that address— (i) primary prevention; (ii) appropriate recovery support services; (iii) appropriate use of medication-assisted treatment for such individuals, if applicable, and ways of overcoming barriers to the use of medication-assisted treatment in such population; and (iv) efficient and effective communication, which may include the use of social media, to maximize outreach efforts; (B) disseminate such best practices to State educational agencies, local educational agencies, schools and dormitories funded by the Bureau of Indian Education, institutions of higher education, recovery programs at institutions of higher education, local boards, one-stop operators, family and youth homeless providers, and nonprofit organizations, as appropriate; (C) conduct a rigorous evaluation of each grant funded under this subsection, particularly its impact on the indicators described in paragraph (8)(B); and (D) provide technical assistance for grantees under this subsection. (4) Grants authorized The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall award 3-year grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible entities to enable such entities, in coordination with Indian tribes, if applicable, and State agencies responsible for carrying out substance use disorder prevention and treatment programs, to carry out evidence-based programs for— (A) prevention of substance misuse and abuse by children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include primary prevention; (B) recovery support services for children, adolescents, and young adults, which may include counseling, job training, linkages to community-based services, family support groups, peer mentoring, and recovery coaching; or (C) treatment or referrals for treatment of substance use disorders, which may include the use of medication-assisted treatment, as appropriate. (5) Special consideration In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give special consideration to the unique needs of tribal, urban, suburban, and rural populations. (6) Application To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (A) a description of— (i) the impact of substance use disorders in the population that will be served by the grant program; (ii) how the eligible entity has solicited input from relevant stakeholders, which may include faculty, teachers, staff, families, students, and experts in substance use prevention and treatment in developing such application; (iii) the goals of the proposed project, including the intended outcomes; (iv) how the eligible entity plans to use grant funds for evidence-based activities, in accordance with this subsection to prevent, provide recovery support for, or treat substance use disorders amongst such individuals, or a combination of such activities; and (v) how the eligible entity will collaborate with relevant partners, which may include State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, juvenile justice agencies, prevention and recovery support providers, local service providers, including substance use disorder treatment programs, providers of mental health services, youth serving organizations, family and youth homeless providers, child welfare agencies, and primary care providers, in carrying out the grant program; and (B) an assurance that the eligible entity will participate in the evaluation described in paragraph (3)(C). (7) Priority In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that propose to use grant funds for activities that meet the criteria described in subclauses (I) and (II) of section 8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)(i) ). (8) Reports to the Secretary Each eligible entity awarded a grant under this subsection shall submit to the Secretary, a report at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such report shall include— (A) a description of how the eligible entity used grant funds, in accordance with this subsection, including the number of children, adolescents, and young adults reached through programming; and (B) a description, including relevant data, of how the grant program has made an impact on the intended outcomes described in paragraph (6)(A)(iii), including— (i) indicators of student success, which, if the eligible entity is an educational institution, shall include student well-being and academic achievement; (ii) substance use disorders amongst children, adolescents, and young adults, including the number of overdoses and deaths amongst children, adolescents, and young adults during the grant period; and (iii) other indicators, as the Secretary determines appropriate. (9) Report to Congress The Secretary shall, not later than October 1, 2022, submit a report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Education and the Workforce of the House of Representatives, a report summarizing the effectiveness of the grant program under this subsection, based on the information submitted in reports required under paragraph (8). (10) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out this subsection for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 412. Plans of safe care Section 105(a) of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act ( 42 U.S.C. 5106(a) ) is amended by adding at the end the following: (7) Grants to States to improve and coordinate their response to ensure the safety, permanency, and well-being of infants affected by substance use (A) Program authorized The Secretary shall make grants to States for the purpose of assisting child welfare agencies, social services agencies, substance use disorder treatment agencies, hospitals with labor and delivery units, medical staff, public health and mental health agencies, and maternal and child health agencies to facilitate collaboration in developing, updating, implementing, and monitoring plans of safe care described in section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii). (B) Distribution of funds (i) Reservations Of the amounts appropriated under subparagraph (H), the Secretary shall reserve— (I) no more than 3 percent for the purposes described in subparagraph (G); and (II) up to 3 percent for grants to Indian tribes and tribal organizations to address the needs of infants born with, and identified as being affected by, substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms resulting from prenatal drug exposure or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and their families or caregivers, which to the extent practicable, shall be consistent with the uses of funds described under subparagraph (D). (ii) Allotments to States and territories The Secretary shall allot the amount appropriated under subparagraph (H) that remains after application of clause (i) to each States that applies for such a grant, in an amount equal to the sum of— (I) $500,000; and (II) an amount that bears the same relationship to any funds appropriated under subparagraph (H) and remaining after application of clause (i), as the number of live births in the State in the previous calendar year bears to the number of live births in all States in such year. (iii) Ratable reduction If the amount appropriated under subparagraph (H) is insufficient to satisfy the requirements of clause (ii), the Secretary shall ratably reduce each allotment to a State. (C) Application A State desiring a grant under this paragraph shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such application shall include— (i) a description of— (I) the impact of substance use disorder in such State, including with respect to the substance or class of substances with the highest incidence of abuse in the previous year in such State, including— (aa) the prevalence of substance use disorder in such State; (bb) the aggregate rate of births in the State of infants affected by substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder (as determined by hospitals, insurance claims, claims submitted to the State Medicaid program, or other records), if available and to the extent practicable; and (cc) the number of infants identified, for whom a plan of safe care was developed, and for whom a referral was made for appropriate services, as reported under section 106(d)(18); (II) the challenges the State faces in developing, implementing, and monitoring plans of safe care in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); (III) the State’s lead agency for the grant program and how that agency will coordinate with relevant State entities and programs, including the child welfare agency, the substance use disorder treatment agency, hospitals with labor and delivery units, health care providers, the public health and mental health agencies, programs funded by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration that provide substance use disorder treatment for women, the State Medicaid program, the State agency administering the block grant program under title V of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), the State agency administering the programs funded under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.), the maternal, infant, and early childhood home visiting program under section 511 of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 711 ), the State judicial system, and other agencies, as determined by the Secretary, and Indian tribes and tribal organizations, as appropriate; (IV) how the State will monitor local development and implementation of plans of safe care, in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(II), including how the State will monitor to ensure plans of safe care address differences between substance use disorder and medically supervised substance use, including for the treatment of a substance use disorder; (V) how the State meets the requirements of section 1927 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 300x–27 ); (VI) how the State plans to utilize funding authorized under part E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 670 et seq.) to assist in carrying out any plan of safe care, including such funding authorized under section 471(e) of such Act (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for mental health and substance abuse prevention and treatment services and in-home parent skill-based programs and funding authorized under such section 472(j) (as in effect on October 1, 2018) for children with a parent in a licensed residential family-based treatment facility for substance abuse; and (VII) an assessment of the treatment and other services and programs available in the State, to effectively carry out any plan of safe care developed, including identification of needed treatment, and other services and programs to ensure the wellbeing of young children and their families affected by substance use disorder, such as programs carried out under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and comprehensive early childhood development services and programs such as Head Start programs; (ii) a description of how the State plans to use funds for activities described in subparagraph (D) for the purposes of ensuring State compliance with requirements under clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B); and (iii) an assurance that the State will— (I) comply with this Act and parts B and E of title IV of the Social Security Act ( 42 U.S.C. 621 et seq., 670 et seq.); and (II) comply with requirements to refer a child identified as substance-exposed to early intervention services as required pursuant to a grant under part C of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.). (D) Uses of funds Funds awarded to a State under this paragraph may be used for the following activities, which may be carried out by the State directly, or through grants or subgrants, contracts, or cooperative agreements: (i) Improving State and local systems with respect to the development and implementation of plans of safe care, which— (I) shall include parent and caregiver engagement, as required under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii)(I), regarding available treatment and service options, which may include resources available for pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women; and (II) may include activities such as— (aa) developing policies, procedures, or protocols for the administration or development of evidence-based and validated screening tools for infants who may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and pregnant, perinatal, and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use withdrawal symptoms or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder; (bb) improving assessments used to determine the needs of the infant and family; (cc) improving ongoing case management services; and (dd) improving access to treatment services, which may be prior to the pregnant woman’s delivery date. (ii) Developing policies, procedures, or protocols in consultation and coordination with health professionals, public and private health facilities, and substance use disorder treatment agencies to ensure that— (I) appropriate notification to child protective services is made in a timely manner; (II) a plan of safe care is in place, in accordance with section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii), before the infant is discharged from the birth or health care facility; and (III) such health and related agency professionals are trained on how to follow such protocols and are aware of the supports that may be provided under a plan of safe care. (iii) Training health professionals and health system leaders, child welfare workers, substance use disorder treatment agencies, and other related professionals such as home visiting agency staff and law enforcement in relevant topics including— (I) State mandatory reporting laws and the referral and process and requirements for notification to child protective services when child abuse or neglect reporting is not mandated; (II) the co-occurrence of pregnancy and substance use disorder, and implications of prenatal exposure; (III) the clinical guidance about treating substance use disorder in pregnant and postpartum women; (IV) appropriate screening and interventions for infants affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder and the requirements under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii); and (V) appropriate multigenerational strategies to address the mental health needs of the parent and child together. (iv) Establishing partnerships, agreements, or memoranda of understanding between the lead agency and health professionals, health facilities, child welfare professionals, juvenile and family court judges, substance use and mental disorder treatment programs, early childhood education programs, and maternal and child health and early intervention professionals, including home visiting providers, peer-to-peer recovery programs such as parent mentoring programs, and housing agencies to facilitate the implementation of, and compliance with section 106(b)(2) and clause (ii) of this subparagraph, in areas which may include— (I) developing a comprehensive, multi-disciplinary assessment and intervention process for infants, pregnant women, and their families who are affected by substance use disorder, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, that includes meaningful engagement with and takes into account the unique needs of each family and addresses differences between medically supervised substance use, including for the treatment of substance use disorder, and substance use disorder; (II) ensuring that treatment approaches for serving infants, pregnant women, and perinatal and postnatal women whose infants may be affected by substance use, withdrawal symptoms, or a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, are designed to, where appropriate, keep infants with their mothers during both inpatient and outpatient treatment; and (III) increasing access to all evidence-based medication-assisted treatment approved by the Food and Drug Administration, behavioral therapy, and counseling services for the treatment of substance use disorders, as appropriate. (v) Developing and updating systems of technology for improved data collection and monitoring under section 106(b)(2)(B)(iii), including existing electronic medical records, to measure the outcomes achieved through the plans of safe care, including monitoring systems to meet the requirements of this Act and submission of performance measures. (E) Reporting Each State that receives funds under this paragraph, for each year such funds are received, shall submit a report to the Secretary, disaggregated by geographic location, economic status, and major racial and ethnic groups, except that such disaggregation shall not be required if the results would reveal personally identifiable information, on, with respect to infants identified under section 106(b)(2)(B)(ii)— (i) the number who experienced removal associated with parental substance use; (ii) the number who experienced removal and are subsequently are reunified with parents, and the length of time between such removal and reunification; (iii) the number who are referred to community providers without a child protection case; (iv) the number who received services while in the care of their birth parents; (v) the number who receive post-reunification services within 1 year after a reunification has occurred; and (vi) the number who experienced a return to out-of-home care within 1 year after reunification. (F) Secretary’s report to congress The Secretary shall submit an annual report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Education and the Workforce and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives that includes the information described in subparagraph (E) and recommendations or observations on the challenges, successes, and lessons derived from implementation of the grant program. (G) Reservation of funds The Secretary shall use the amount reserved under subparagraph (B)(i)(I) for the purposes of— (i) providing technical assistance, including programs of in-depth technical assistance, to additional States, territories, and Indian tribes and tribal organizations in accordance with the substance-exposed infant initiative developed by the National Center on Substance Abuse and Child Welfare; (ii) issuing guidance on the requirements of this Act with respect to infants born with and identified as being affected by substance use or withdrawal symptoms or fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, as described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 106(b)(2)(B), including by— (I) clarifying key terms; and (II) disseminating best practices on implementation of plans of safe care, on such topics as differential response, collaboration and coordination, and identification and delivery of services for different populations; (iii) supporting State efforts to develop information technology systems to manage plans of safe care; and (iv) preparing the Secretary’s report to Congress described in subparagraph (F). (H) Authorization of appropriations To carry out the program under this paragraph, there are authorized to be appropriated $60,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. . 413. Regulations relating to special registration for telemedicine Section 311(h) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 831(h) ) is amended by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following: (2) Regulations (A) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Opioid Crisis Response Act of 2018 , in consultation with the Secretary, and in accordance with the procedure described in subparagraph (B), the Attorney General shall promulgate final regulations specifying— (i) the limited circumstances in which a special registration under this subsection may be issued; and (ii) the procedure for obtaining a special registration under this subsection. (B) Procedure In promulgating final regulations under subparagraph (A), the Attorney General shall— (i) issue a notice of proposed rulemaking that includes a copy of the proposed regulations; (ii) provide a period of not less than 60 days for comments on the proposed regulations; (iii) finalize the proposed regulation not later than 6 months after the close of the comment period; and (iv) publish the final regulations not later than 30 days before the effective date of the final regulations. . 414. National Health Service Corps behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings Subpart III of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254 l et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: 338N. Behavioral and mental health professionals providing obligated service in schools and other community-based settings (a) Schools and community-based settings An entity to which a participant in the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program (referred to in this section as a participant ) is assigned under section 333 may direct such participant to provide service as a behavioral or mental health professional at a school or other community-based setting located in a health professional shortage area. (b) Obligated service (1) In general Any service described in subsection (a) that a participant provides may count towards such participant's completion of any obligated service requirements under the Scholarship Program or the Loan Repayment Program, subject to any limitation imposed under paragraph (2). (2) Limitation The Secretary may impose a limitation on the number of hours of service described in subsection (a) that a participant may credit towards completing obligated service requirements, provided that the limitation allows a member to credit service described in subsection (a) for not less than 50 percent of the total hours required to complete such obligated service requirements. (c) Rule of construction The authorization under subsection (a) shall be notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart or subpart II. . 415. Loan repayment for substance use disorder treatment providers (a) Loan repayment for substance use treatment providers The Secretary shall enter into contracts under section 338B of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254l-1 ) with eligible health professionals providing substance use disorder treatment services in substance use disorder treatment facilities, as defined by the Secretary. (b) Provision of substance use disorder treatment In carrying out the activities described in subsection (a)— (1) each such facility shall be located in or serving a mental health professional shortage area designated under section 332 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254e ), or, as the Secretary determines appropriate, an area with an age-adjusted rate of drug overdose deaths that is above the national overdose mortality rate; (2) section 331(a)(3)(D) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(D) ) shall be applied as if the term primary health services includes health services regarding substance use disorder treatment and infections associated with illicit drug use; (3) section 331(a)(3)(E)(i) of such Act ( 42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(E)(i) ) shall be applied as if the term behavioral and mental health professionals includes masters level, licensed substance use disorder treatment counselors, and other relevant professionals or paraprofessionals, as the Secretary determines appropriate; and (4) such professionals and facilities shall provide— (A) directly, or through the use of telehealth technology, and pursuant to Federal and State law, counseling by a program counselor or other certified professional who is licensed and qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient, and to monitor progress; and (B) medication-assisted treatment, including, to the extent practicable, all drugs approved by the Food and Drug Administration to treat substance use disorders, pursuant to Federal and State law. (c) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $25,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 416. Protecting moms and infants (a) Report (1) In general Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress and make available to the public on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services a report regarding the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy relating to prenatal opioid use, including neonatal abstinence syndrome, developed pursuant to section 2 of the Protecting Our Infants Act of 2015 ( Public Law 114–91 ). Such report shall include— (A) an update on the implementation of the recommendations in the strategy, including information regarding the agencies involved in the implementation; and (B) information on additional funding or authority the Secretary requires, if any, to implement the strategy, which may include authorities needed to coordinate implementation of such strategy across the Department of Health and Human Services. (2) Periodic updates The Secretary shall periodically update the report under paragraph (1). (b) Residential treatment programs for pregnant and postpartum women Section 508(s) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–1(s) ) is amended by striking $16,900,000 for each of fiscal years 2017 through 2021 and inserting $29,931,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 417. Early interventions for pregnant women and infants (a) Development of educational materials by Center for Substance Abuse Prevention Section 515(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb–21(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting ; and ; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, develop educational materials for clinicians to use with pregnant women for shared decisionmaking regarding pain management during pregnancy. . (b) Guidelines and recommendations by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (13), by striking and at the end; (2) in paragraph (14), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and (3) by adding at the end the following: (15) in cooperation with the Secretary, implement and disseminate, as appropriate, the recommendations in the report entitled Protecting Our Infants Act: Final Strategy issued by the Department of Health and Human Services in 2017; and . (c) Support of partnerships by Center for Substance Abuse Treatment Section 507(b) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290bb(b) ), as amended by subsection (b), is further amended by adding at the end the following: (16) in cooperation with relevant stakeholders, support public-private partnerships to assist with education about, and support with respect to, substance use disorder for pregnant women and health care providers who treat pregnant women and babies. . 418. Report on investigations regarding parity in mental health and substance use disorder benefits (a) In general Section 13003 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( Public Law 114–255 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a), by striking with findings of any serious violation regarding and inserting concerning ; and (2) in subsection (b)(1)— (A) by inserting complaints received and number of before closed ; and (B) by inserting before the period , and, for each such investigation closed, which agency conducted the investigation, whether the health plan that is the subject of the investigation is fully insured or not fully insured and a summary of any coordination between the applicable State regulators and the Department of Labor, the Department of Health and Human Services, or the Department of the Treasury, and references to any guidance provided by the agencies addressing the category of violation committed . (b) Applicability The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to the second annual report required under such section 13003 and each such annual report thereafter. V Prevention 501. Study on prescribing limits Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney General, shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report on the impact of Federal and State laws and regulations that limit the length, quantity, or dosage of opioid prescriptions. Such report shall address— (1) the impact of such limits on— (A) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to prescription opioids; (B) the incidence and prevalence of overdose related to illicit opioids; (C) the prevalence of opioid use disorders; (D) medically appropriate use of, and access to, opioids, including any impact on travel expenses and pain management outcomes for patients, whether such limits are associated with significantly higher rates of negative health outcomes, including suicide, and whether the impact of such limits differs based on clinical indication for which opioids are prescribed; (2) whether such limits lead to a significant increase in burden for prescribers of opioids or prescribers of treatments for opioid use disorder, including any impact on patient access to treatment, and whether any such burden is mitigated by any factors such as electronic prescribing or telemedicine; and (3) the impact of such limits on diversion or misuse of any controlled substance in schedule II, III, or IV of section 202(c) of the Controlled Substances Act ( 21 U.S.C. 812(c) ). 502. Programs for health care workforce (a) Program for education and training in pain care Section 759 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294i ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a), by striking hospices, and other public and private entities and inserting hospices, tribal health programs (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act), and other public and nonprofit private entities ; (2) in subsection (b)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking award may be made under subsection (a) only if the applicant for the award agrees that the program carried out with the award will include and inserting entity receiving an award under this section shall develop a comprehensive education and training plan that includes ; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting preventing, after diagnosing, ; and (ii) by inserting non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments and after including ; (C) in paragraph (2)— (i) by inserting Federal, State, and local after applicable ; and (ii) by striking the degree to which and all that follows through effective pain care and inserting opioids ; (D) in paragraph (3), by inserting , integrated, evidence-based pain management, and, as appropriate, non-pharmacotherapy before the semicolon; (E) in paragraph (4), by striking ; and and inserting ; ; and (F) by striking paragraph (5) and inserting the following: (5) recent findings, developments, and advancements in pain care research and the provision of pain care, which may include non-addictive medical products and non-pharmacologic treatments intended to treat pain; and (6) the dangers of opioid abuse and misuse, detection of early warning signs of opioid use disorders (which may include best practices related to screening for opioid use disorders, training on screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment), and safe disposal options for prescription medications (including such options provided by law enforcement or other innovative deactivation mechanisms). ; (3) in subsection (d), by inserting prevention, after diagnosis, ; and (4) in subsection (e), by striking 2010 through 2012 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . (b) Mental and behavioral health education and training program Section 756(a) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 294e–1(a) ) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting , trauma, after focus on child and adolescent mental health ; and (2) in paragraphs (2) and (3), by inserting trauma-informed care and before substance use disorder prevention and treatment services . 503. Education and awareness campaigns Section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016 ( Public Law 114–198 ) is amended— (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows: (a) In general The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and in coordination with the heads of other departments and agencies, shall advance education and awareness regarding the risks related to misuse and abuse of opioids, as appropriate, which may include developing or improving existing programs, conducting activities, and awarding grants that advance the education and awareness of— (1) the public, including patients and consumers; (2) patients, consumers, and other appropriate members of the public, regarding such risks related to unused opioids and the dispensing options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; (3) providers, which may include— (A) providing for continuing education on appropriate prescribing practices; (B) education related to applicable State or local prescriber limit laws, information on the use of non-addictive alternatives for pain management, and the use of overdose reversal drugs, as appropriate; (C) disseminating and improving the use of evidence-based opioid prescribing guidelines across relevant health care settings, as appropriate, and updating guidelines as necessary; (D) implementing strategies, such as best practices, to encourage and facilitate the use of prescriber guidelines, in accordance with State and local law; (E) disseminating information to providers about prescribing options for controlled substances, including such options under section 309(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, as applicable; and (F) disseminating information, as appropriate, on the National Pain Strategy developed by or in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Health; and (4) other appropriate entities. ; and (2) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking opioid abuse each place such term appears and inserting opioid misuse and abuse ; and (B) in paragraph (2), by striking safe disposal of prescription medications and other and inserting non-addictive treatment options, safe disposal options for prescription medications, and other applicable . 504. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after section 392 ( 42 U.S.C. 280b–1 ) the following: 392A. Enhanced controlled substance overdoses data collection, analysis, and dissemination (a) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (1) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in subsection (b); (2) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity; and (3) award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (b) Controlled substance overdose data collection and analysis activities A controlled substance overdose data collection, analysis, and dissemination activity described in this subsection is any of the following activities: (1) Improving the timeliness of reporting aggregate data to the public, including data on fatal and nonfatal controlled substance overdoses. (2) Enhancing the comprehensiveness of controlled substance overdose data by collecting information on such overdoses from appropriate sources such as toxicology reports, autopsy reports, death scene investigations, and emergency department services. (3) Modernizing the system for coding causes of death related to controlled substance overdoses to use an electronic-based system. (4) Using data to help identify risk factors associated with controlled substance overdoses, including the delivery of certain health care services. (5) Supporting entities involved in reporting information on controlled substance overdoses, such as coroners and medical examiners, to improve accurate testing and standardized reporting of causes and contributing factors of such overdoses, and analysis of various opioid analogues to controlled substances overdoses. (6) Working to enable and encourage the access, exchange, and use of data regarding controlled substances overdoses among data sources and entities. (c) Definitions In this section— (1) the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act; and (2) the term Indian tribe has the meaning given that term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act. . 505. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances Part J of title III of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280b et seq.), as amended by section 504, is further amended by inserting after section 392A the following: 392B. Preventing overdoses of controlled substances (a) Prevention activities (1) In general The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ), using the authority provided to the Director under section 392, may— (A) to the extent practicable, carry out and expand any prevention activity described in paragraph (2); (B) provide training and technical assistance to States, localities, and Indian tribes to carrying out any such activity; and (C) award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes for the purpose of carrying out any such activity. (2) Prevention activities A prevention activity described in this paragraph is an activity to improve the efficiency and use of a new or currently operating prescription drug monitoring program, such as— (A) encouraging all authorized users (as specified by the State or other entity) to register with and use the program; (B) enabling such users to access any data updates in as close to real-time as practicable; (C) providing for a mechanism for the program to notify authorized users of any potential misuse or abuse of controlled substances and any detection of inappropriate prescribing or dispensing practices relating to such substances; (D) encouraging the analysis of prescription drug monitoring data for purposes of providing de-identified, aggregate reports based on such analysis to State public health agencies, State alcohol and drug agencies, State licensing boards, and other appropriate State agencies, as permitted under applicable Federal and State law and the policies of the prescription drug monitoring program and not containing any protected health information, to prevent inappropriate prescribing, drug diversion, or abuse and misuse of controlled substances, and to facilitate better coordination among agencies; (E) enhancing interoperability between the program and any health information technology (including certified health information technology), including by integrating program data into such technology; (F) updating program capabilities to respond to technological innovation for purposes of appropriately addressing the occurrence and evolution of controlled substance overdoses; (G) developing or enhancing data exchange with other sources such as the Medicaid agency, the Medicare program, pharmacy benefit managers, coroners’ reports, and workers’ compensation data; (H) facilitating and encouraging data exchange between the program and the prescription drug monitoring programs of other States; (I) enhancing data collection and quality, including improving patient matching and proactively monitoring data quality; and (J) providing prescriber and dispenser practice tools, including prescriber practice insight reports for practitioners to review their prescribing patterns in comparison to such patters of other practitioners the specialty. (b) Additional grants The Director may award grants to States, localities, and Indian tribes— (1) to carry out innovative projects for grantees to rapidly respond to controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses, including changes in patterns of controlled substance use; and (2) for any other evidence-based activity for preventing controlled substance misuse, abuse, and overdoses as the Director determines appropriate. (c) Research The Director, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use and the National Mental Health and Substance Use Policy Laboratory established under section 501A, as appropriate and applicable, may conduct studies and evaluations to address substance use disorders, including preventing substance use disorders or other related topics the Director determines appropriate. (d) Public and prescriber education Pursuant to section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, the Director may advance the education and awareness of prescribers and the public regarding the risk of abuse and misuse of prescription opioids. (e) Definitions In this section— (1) the term controlled substance has the meaning given that term in section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act; and (2) the term Indian tribe has the meaning given that term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act. (f) Authorization of appropriations For purposes of carrying out this section, section 392A of this Act, and section 102 of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act of 2016, there is authorized to be appropriated $486,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2024. . 506. CDC surveillance and data collection for child, youth, and adult trauma (a) Data collection The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as the Director ) may, in cooperation with the States, collect and report data on adverse childhood experiences through the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, the Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, and other relevant public health surveys or questionnaires. (b) Timing The collection of data under subsection (a) may occur in fiscal year 2019 and every 2 years thereafter. (c) Data from tribal and rural areas The Director shall encourage each State that participates in collecting and reporting data under subsection (a) to collect and report data from tribal and rural areas within such State, in order to generate a statistically reliable representation of such areas. (d) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the period of fiscal years 2019 through 2021. 507. Reauthorization of NASPER Section 399O of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 280g–3 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking in consultation with the Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and inserting in coordination with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and the heads of other departments and agencies as appropriate ; and (B) by adding at the end the following: (4) States and local governments (A) In general In the case of a State that does not have a prescription drug monitoring program, a county or other unit of local government within the State that has a prescription drug monitoring program shall be treated as a State for purposes of this section, including for purposes of eligibility for grants under paragraph (1). (B) Plan for interoperability For purposes of meeting the interoperability requirements under subsection (c)(3), a county or other unit of local government shall submit a plan outlining the methods such county or unit of local government will use to ensure the capability of data sharing with other counties and units of local government within the State and with other States, as applicable. ; (2) in subsection (c)— (A) in paragraph (1)(A)(iii)— (i) by inserting as such standards become available, after interoperability standards, ; and (ii) by striking generated or identified by the Secretary or his or her designee and inserting recognized by the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology ; and (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting including electronic health records, after technology systems, ; (3) in subsection (d)(1), by striking not later than 1 week after the date of such dispensing and inserting in as close to real time as practicable ; (4) in subsection (f)— (A) in paragraph (1)(D), by striking medicaid and inserting Medicaid ; and (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking and at the end; (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period and inserting a semicolon; and (iii) by adding at the end the following: (C) may conduct analyses of controlled substance program data for purposes of providing appropriate State agencies with aggregate reports based on such analyses in as close to real-time as practicable, regarding prescription patterns flagged as potentially presenting a risk of misuse, abuse, addiction, overdose, and other aggregate information, as appropriate and in compliance with applicable Federal and State laws and provided that such reports shall not include protected health information; and (D) may access information about prescriptions, such as claims data, to ensure that such prescribing and dispensing history is updated in as close to real-time as practicable, in compliance with applicable Federal and State laws and provided that such information shall not include protected health information. ; (5) in subsection (i), by inserting , in collaboration with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology and the Director of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, after The Secretary ; and (6) in subsection (n), by striking 2021 and inserting 2026 . 508. Jessie’s law (a) Best practices (1) In general Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, including a patient with a history of opioid use disorder, an expert in electronic health records, an expert in the confidentiality of patient health information and records, and a health care provider, shall identify or facilitate the development of best practices regarding— (A) the circumstances under which information that a patient has provided to a health care provider regarding such patient’s history of opioid use disorder should, only at the patient’s request, be prominently displayed in the medical records (including electronic health records) of such patient; (B) what constitutes the patient’s request for the purpose described in subparagraph (A); and (C) the process and methods by which the information should be so displayed. (2) Dissemination The Secretary shall disseminate the best practices developed under paragraph (1) to health care providers and State agencies. (b) Requirements In identifying or facilitating the development of best practices under subsection (a), as applicable, the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate stakeholders, shall consider the following: (1) The potential for addiction relapse or overdose, including overdose death, when opioid medications are prescribed to a patient recovering from opioid use disorder. (2) The benefits of displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder history in a manner similar to other potentially lethal medical concerns, including drug allergies and contraindications. (3) The importance of prominently displaying information about a patient’s opioid use disorder when a physician or medical professional is prescribing medication, including methods for avoiding alert fatigue in providers. (4) The importance of a variety of appropriate medical professionals, including physicians, nurses, and pharmacists, having access to information described in this section when prescribing or dispensing opioid medication, consistent with Federal and State laws and regulations. (5) The importance of protecting patient privacy, including the requirements related to consent for disclosure of substance use disorder information under all applicable laws and regulations. (6) All applicable Federal and State laws and regulations. 509. Development and dissemination of model training programs for substance use disorder patient records (a) Initial programs and materials Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation with appropriate experts, shall identify the following model programs and materials (or if no such programs or materials exist, recognize private or public entities to develop and disseminate such programs and materials): (1) Model programs and materials for training health care providers (including physicians, emergency medical personnel, psychiatrists, psychologists, counselors, therapists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, behavioral health facilities and clinics, care managers, and hospitals, including individuals such as general counsels or regulatory compliance staff who are responsible for establishing provider privacy policies) concerning the permitted uses and disclosures, consistent with the standards and regulations governing the privacy and security of substance use disorder patient records promulgated by the Secretary under section 543 of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290dd–2 ) for the confidentiality of patient records. (2) Model programs and materials for training patients and their families regarding their rights to protect and obtain information under the standards and regulations described in paragraph (1). (b) Requirements The model programs and materials described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall address circumstances under which disclosure of substance use disorder patient records is needed to— (1) facilitate communication between substance use disorder treatment providers and other health care providers to promote and provide the best possible integrated care; (2) avoid inappropriate prescribing that can lead to dangerous drug interactions, overdose, or relapse; and (3) notify and involve families and caregivers when individuals experience an overdose. (c) Periodic updates The Secretary shall— (1) periodically review and update the model program and materials identified or developed under subsection (a); and (2) disseminate such updated programs and materials to the individuals described in subsection (a)(1). (d) Input of certain entities In identifying, reviewing, or updating the model programs and materials under this section, the Secretary shall solicit the input of relevant stakeholders. (e) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 510. Communication with families during emergencies (a) Promoting Awareness of Authorized Disclosures during Emergencies The Secretary shall annually notify health care providers regarding permitted disclosures during emergencies, including overdoses, of certain health information to families and caregivers under Federal health care privacy laws and regulations. (b) Use of material For the purposes of carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary may use material produced under section 509 of this Act or under section 11004 of the 21st Century Cures Act ( 42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note). 511. Prenatal and postnatal health Section 317L of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–13 ) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)— (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows: (1) to collect, analyze, and make available data on prenatal smoking, alcohol and substance abuse and misuse, including— (A) data on— (i) the incidence, prevalence, and implications of such activities; and (ii) the incidence and prevalence of implications and outcomes, including neonatal abstinence syndrome and other maternal and child health outcomes associated with such activities; and (B) to inform such analysis, additional information or data on family health history, medication exposures during pregnancy, demographic information, such as race, ethnicity, geographic location, and family history, and other relevant information, as appropriate; ; (B) in paragraph (2)— (i) by striking prevention of and inserting prevention and long-term outcomes associated with ; and (ii) by striking illegal drug use and inserting substance abuse and misuse ; (C) in paragraph (3), by striking and cessation programs; and and inserting , treatment, and cessation programs; ; (D) in paragraph (4), by striking illegal drug use. and inserting substance abuse and misuse; and ; and (E) by adding at the end the following: (5) to issue public reports on the analysis of data described in paragraph (1), including analysis of— (A) long-term outcomes of children affected by neonatal abstinence syndrome; (B) health outcomes associated with prenatal smoking, alcohol, and substance abuse and misuse; and (C) relevant studies, evaluations, or information the Secretary determines to be appropriate. ; (2) in subsection (b), by inserting tribal entities, after local governments, ; (3) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d); (4) by inserting after subsection (b) the following: (c) Coordinating activities To carry out this section, the Secretary may— (1) provide technical and consultative assistance to entities receiving grants under subsection (b); (2) ensure a pathway for data sharing between States, tribal entities, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (3) ensure data collection under this section is consistent with applicable State, Federal, and Tribal privacy laws; and (4) coordinate with the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, as appropriate, to assist States and tribes in implementing systems that use standards recognized by such National Coordinator, as such recognized standards are available, in order to facilitate interoperability between such systems and health information technology systems, including certified health information technology. ; and (5) in subsection (d), as so redesignated, by striking 2001 through 2005 and inserting 2019 through 2023 . 512. Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with illicit drug use and other risk factors Section 317N of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 247b–15 ) is amended— (1) by amending the section heading to read as follows: Surveillance and education regarding infections associated with illicit drug use and other risk factors ; (2) in subsection (a)— (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting activities before the colon; (B) in paragraph (1)— (i) by inserting or maintaining after implementing ; (ii) by striking hepatitis C virus infection (in this section referred to as HCV infection ) and inserting infections commonly associated with illicit drug use, which may include viral hepatitis, human immunodeficiency virus, and infective endocarditis, ; and (iii) by striking such infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting such infections, which may include the reporting of cases of such infections. ; (C) in paragraph (2), by striking HCV infection and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections as a result of illicit drug use, receiving blood transfusions prior to July 1992, or other risk factors. ; (D) in paragraphs (4) and (5), by striking HCV infection each place such term appears and inserting infections described in paragraph (1) ; and (E) in paragraph (5), by striking pediatricians and other primary care physicians, and obstetricians and gynecologists and inserting substance use disorder treatment providers, pediatricians, other primary care providers, and obstetrician-gynecologists ; (3) in subsection (b)— (A) by striking directly and and inserting directly or ; and (B) by striking hepatitis C, and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting infections described in subsection (a)(1). ; and (4) in subsection (c), by striking such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2001 through 2005 and inserting $40,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 . 513. Task force to develop best practices for trauma-informed identification, referral, and support (a) Establishment There is established a task force, to be known as the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care (in this section referred to as the task force ) that shall identify, evaluate, and make recommendations regarding best practices with respect to children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (b) Membership (1) Composition The task force shall be composed of the heads of the following Federal departments and agencies, or their designees: (A) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. (B) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (C) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (D) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (E) The Indian Health Service. (F) The Department of Veterans Affairs. (G) The National Institutes of Health. (H) The Food and Drug Administration. (I) The Health Resources and Services Administration. (J) The Department of Defense. (K) The Office of Minority Health. (L) The Administration for Children and Families. (M) The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation. (N) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Health and Human Services. (O) The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention of the Department of Justice. (P) The Office of Community Oriented Policing Services of the Department of Justice. (Q) The Office on Violence Against Women of the Department of Justice. (R) The National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance of the Department of Education. (S) The National Center for Special Education Research of the Institute of Education Science. (T) The Office of Elementary and Secondary Education of the Department of Education. (U) The Office for Civil Rights at the Department of Education. (V) The Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services of the Department of Education. (W) The Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior. (X) The Veterans Health Administration of the Department of Veterans Affairs. (Y) The Office of Special Needs Assistance Programs of the Department of Housing and Urban Development. (Z) The Office of Head Start of the Administration for Children and Families. (AA) The Children’s Bureau of the Administration for Children and Families. (BB) The Bureau of Indian Education of the Department of the Interior. (CC) Such other Federal agencies as the Secretaries determine to be appropriate. (2) Date of appointments The heads of Federal departments and agencies shall appoint the corresponding members of the task force not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act. (3) Chairperson The task force shall be chaired by the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use. (c) Task force duties The task force shall— (1) solicit input from stakeholders, including frontline service providers, educators, mental health professionals, researchers, experts in infant, child, and youth trauma, child welfare professionals, and the public, in order to inform the activities under paragraph (2); and (2) identify, evaluate, make recommendations, and update such recommendations not less than annually, to the general public, the Secretary of Education, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress regarding— (A) a set of evidence-based, evidence-informed, and promising best practices with respect to— (i) the identification of infants, children and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (ii) the expeditious referral to and implementation of trauma-informed practices and supports that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma; (B) a national strategy on how the task force and member agencies will collaborate, prioritize options for, and implement a coordinated approach which may include data sharing and the awarding of grants that support infants, children, and youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma; and (C) existing Federal authorities at the Department of Education, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Justice, Department of Labor, Department of Interior, and other relevant agencies, and specific Federal grant programs to disseminate best practices on, provide training in, or deliver services through, trauma-informed practices, and disseminate such information— (i) in writing to relevant program offices at such agencies to encourage grant applicants in writing to use such funds, where appropriate, for trauma-informed practices; and (ii) to the general public through the internet website of the task force. (d) Best practices In identifying, evaluating, and recommending the set of best practices under subsection (c), the task force shall— (1) include guidelines for providing professional development for front-line services providers, including school personnel, early childhood education program providers, providers from child- or youth-serving organizations, housing and homeless providers, primary and behavioral health care providers, child welfare and social services providers, juvenile and family court personnel, health care providers, individuals who are mandatory reporters of child abuse or neglect, trained nonclinical providers (including peer mentors and clergy), and first responders, in— (A) understanding and identifying early signs and risk factors of trauma in infants, children, and youth, and their families as appropriate, including through screening processes; (B) providing practices to prevent and mitigate the impact of trauma, including by fostering safe and stable environments and relationships; and (C) developing and implementing policies, procedures, or systems that— (i) are designed to quickly refer infants, children, youth, and their families as appropriate, who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma to the appropriate trauma-informed screening and support, including age-appropriate treatment, and to ensure such infants, children, youth, and family members receive such support; (ii) utilize and develop partnerships with early childhood education programs, local social services organizations, such as organizations serving youth, and clinical mental health or health care service providers with expertise in providing support services (including age-appropriate trauma-informed and evidence-based treatment) aimed at preventing or mitigating the effects of trauma; (iii) educate children and youth to— (I) understand and identify the signs, effects, or symptoms of trauma; and (II) build the resilience and coping skills to mitigate the effects of experiencing trauma; (iv) promote and support multi-generational practices that assist parents, foster parents, and kinship and other caregivers in accessing resources related to, and developing environments conducive to, the prevention and mitigation of trauma; and (v) collect and utilize data from screenings, referrals, or the provision of services and supports to evaluate and improve processes for trauma-informed support and outcomes that are culturally sensitive, linguistically appropriate, and specific to age ranges and sex, as applicable; and (2) recommend best practices that are designed to avoid unwarranted custody loss or criminal penalties for parents or guardians in connection with infants, children, and youth who have experienced or are at risk of experiencing trauma. (e) Operating plan Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the task force shall hold the first meeting. Not later than 2 years after such date of enactment, the task force shall submit to the Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and Congress an operating plan for carrying out the activities of the task force described in subsection (c)(2). Such operating plan shall include— (1) a list of specific activities that the task force plans to carry out for purposes of carrying out duties described in subsection (c)(2), which may include public engagement; (2) a plan for carrying out the activities under subsection (c)(2); (3) a list of members of the task force and other individuals who are not members of the task force that may be consulted to carry out such activities; (4) an explanation of Federal agency involvement and coordination needed to carry out such activities, including any statutory or regulatory barriers to such coordination; (5) a budget for carrying out such activities; and (6) other information that the task force determines appropriate. (f) Final report Not later than 3 years after the date of the first meeting of the task force, the task force shall submit to the general public, Secretary of Education, Secretary of Health and Human Services, Secretary of Labor, Secretary of the Interior, the Attorney General, and other relevant cabinet Secretaries, and Congress, a final report containing all of the findings and recommendations required under this section. (g) Definition In this section, the term early childhood education program has the meaning given such term in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 1003 ). (h) Authorization of appropriations To carry out this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2022. (i) Sunset The task force shall on the date that is 60 days after the submission of the final report under subsection (f), but not later than September 30, 2022. 514. Grants to improve trauma support services and mental health care for children and youth in educational settings (a) Grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements authorized The Secretary, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, is authorized to award grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agreements with, State educational agencies, local educational agencies, Head Start agencies (including Early Head Start agencies), State or local agencies that administer public preschool programs, Indian tribes or their tribal educational agencies, a school operated by the Bureau of Indian Education, a Regional Corporation (as defined in section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act ( 43 U.S.C. 1602 )), or a Native Hawaiian educational organization (as defined in section 6207 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7517 )), for the purpose of increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care by developing innovative initiatives, activities, or programs to link local school systems with local trauma-informed support and mental health systems, including those under the Indian Health Service. (b) Duration With respect to a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement awarded or entered into under this section, the period during which payments under such grant, contract or agreement are made to the recipient may not exceed 4 years. (c) Use of funds An entity that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall use amounts made available through such grant, contract, or cooperative agreement for evidence-based activities, which shall include any of the following: (1) Collaborative efforts between school-based service systems and trauma-informed support and mental health service systems to provide, develop, or improve prevention, screening, referral, and treatment and support services to students, such as by providing universal trauma screenings to identify students in need of specialized support. (2) To implement schoolwide multi-tiered positive behavioral interventions and supports, or other trauma-informed models of support. (3) To provide professional development to teachers, teacher assistants, school leaders, specialized instructional support personnel, and mental health professionals that— (A) fosters safe and stable learning environments that prevent and mitigate the effects of trauma, including through social and emotional learning; (B) improves school capacity to identify, refer, and provide services to students in need of trauma support or behavioral health services; or (C) reflects the best practices developed by the Interagency Task Force on Trauma-Informed Care established under section 513. (4) Engaging families and communities in efforts to increase awareness of child and youth trauma, which may include sharing best practices with law enforcement regarding trauma-informed care and working with mental health professionals to provide interventions, as well as longer term coordinated care within the community for children and youth who have experienced trauma and their families. (5) To provide technical assistance to school systems and mental health agencies. (6) To evaluate the effectiveness of the program carried out under this section in increasing student access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care. (d) Applications To be eligible to receive a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section, an entity described in subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require, which shall include the following: (1) A description of the innovative initiatives, activities, or programs to be funded under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement, including how such program will increase access to evidence-based trauma support services and mental health care for students, and, as applicable, the families of such students. (2) A description of how the program will provide linguistically appropriate and culturally competent services. (3) A description of how the program will support students and the school in improving the school climate in order to support an environment conducive to learning. (4) An assurance that— (A) persons providing services under the grant, contract, or cooperative agreement are adequately trained to provide such services; and (B) teachers, school leaders, administrators, specialized instructional support personnel, representatives of local Indian tribes or tribal organizations as appropriate, other school personnel, and parents or guardians of students participating in services under this section will be engaged and involved in the design and implementation of the services. (5) A description of how the applicant will support and integrate existing school-based services with the program in order to provide mental health services for students, as appropriate. (e) Interagency agreements (1) Designation of lead agency A recipient of a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall designate a lead agency to direct the establishment of an interagency agreement among local educational agencies, agencies responsible for early childhood education programs, juvenile justice authorities, mental health agencies, child welfare agencies, and other relevant entities in the State or Indian tribe, in collaboration with local entities. (2) Contents The interagency agreement shall ensure the provision of the services described in subsection (c), specifying with respect to each agency, authority, or entity— (A) the financial responsibility for the services; (B) the conditions and terms of responsibility for the services, including quality, accountability, and coordination of the services; and (C) the conditions and terms of reimbursement among the agencies, authorities, or entities that are parties to the interagency agreement, including procedures for dispute resolution. (f) Evaluation The Secretary shall reserve not to exceed 3 percent of the funds made available under subsection (l) for each fiscal year to— (1) conduct a rigorous, independent evaluation of the activities funded under this section; and (2) disseminate and promote the utilization of evidence-based practices regarding trauma support services and mental health care. (g) Distribution of awards The Secretary shall ensure that grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded or entered into under this section are equitably distributed among the geographical regions of the United States and among tribal, urban, suburban, and rural populations. (h) Rule of construction Nothing in this section shall be construed— (1) to prohibit an entity involved with a program carried out under this section from reporting a crime that is committed by a student to appropriate authorities; or (2) to prevent Federal, State, and tribal law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of Federal, tribal, and State law to crimes committed by a student. (i) Supplement, not supplant Any services provided through programs carried out under this section shall supplement, and not supplant, existing mental health services, including any special education and related services provided under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act ( 20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.). (j) Consultation with indian tribes In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall, in a timely manner, meaningfully consult, engage, and cooperate with Indian tribes and their representatives to ensure notice of eligibility. (k) Definitions In this section: (1) Elementary or secondary school The term elementary or secondary school means a public elementary and secondary school as such term is defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (2) Evidence-based The term evidence-based has the meaning given such term in section 8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)(i) ). (3) Native Hawaiian educational organization The term Native Hawaiian educational organization has the meaning given such term in section 6207 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7517 ). (4) School leader The term school leader has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (5) Secretary The term Secretary means the Secretary of Education. (6) Specialized instructional support personnel The term specialized instructional support personnel has the meaning given such term in 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 ( 20 U.S.C. 7801 ). (l) Authorization of appropriations There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section, such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023. 515. National Child Traumatic Stress Initiative Section 582(j) of the Public Health Service Act ( 42 U.S.C. 290hh–1(j) ) (relating to grants to address the problems of persons who experience violence related stress) is amended by striking $46,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2018 through 2022 and inserting $53,887,000 for each of fiscal years 2019 through 2023 .

May 7, 2018 Reported with an amendment